aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorGlenn Morris2018-02-24 07:50:30 -0800
committerGlenn Morris2018-02-24 07:50:30 -0800
commit80c2bf6e1684a05b7cdc00f4c4eba89841911c76 (patch)
tree317b80c1b824e123480292100c7b2454f0f49779
parent8a23dc15077c6bbe3d80ccfcef64397e71f5765d (diff)
parent7e7f2ea644388d6d06a4ab6690344f7f7c128141 (diff)
downloademacs-80c2bf6e1684a05b7cdc00f4c4eba89841911c76.tar.gz
emacs-80c2bf6e1684a05b7cdc00f4c4eba89841911c76.zip
Merge from origin/emacs-26
7e7f2ea (origin/emacs-26) * src/keyboard.c (syms_of_keyboard): Doc fi... c0676d4 Improve documentation of X resources d806d69 ; Use @minus for negative numbers in some texi files 4a8ea7d * lisp/international/mule.el (keyboard-coding-system): Doc fix. 8a73b80 Minor doc fixes, mostly for timestamp issues 361a8b9 * doc/emacs/mini.texi (Completion Styles): Improve indexing. 2dc24d5 Fix @findex and @vindex entries in manuals 76f5242 Document, in the Elisp manual, how to get a character's raw s... 5fb2957 Improvements in the Emacs manual de17b8e Tiny doc/misc markup fixes
-rw-r--r--doc/emacs/building.texi2
-rw-r--r--doc/emacs/calendar.texi3
-rw-r--r--doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi82
-rw-r--r--doc/emacs/custom.texi79
-rw-r--r--doc/emacs/mini.texi7
-rw-r--r--doc/emacs/misc.texi2
-rw-r--r--doc/emacs/trouble.texi2
-rw-r--r--doc/emacs/windows.texi2
-rw-r--r--doc/emacs/xresources.texi23
-rw-r--r--doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi28
-rw-r--r--doc/lispref/buffers.texi5
-rw-r--r--doc/lispref/edebug.texi2
-rw-r--r--doc/lispref/files.texi3
-rw-r--r--doc/lispref/frames.texi170
-rw-r--r--doc/lispref/functions.texi2
-rw-r--r--doc/lispref/os.texi5
-rw-r--r--doc/lispref/positions.texi2
-rw-r--r--doc/lispref/strings.texi2
-rw-r--r--doc/lispref/syntax.texi4
-rw-r--r--doc/lispref/windows.texi30
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/calc.texi2
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/cc-mode.texi346
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/dired-x.texi4
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/ediff.texi10
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi2
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/gnus.texi12
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/mh-e.texi40
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi14
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/reftex.texi24
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/sc.texi144
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/vhdl-mode.texi38
-rw-r--r--doc/misc/viper.texi188
-rw-r--r--lisp/international/mule.el2
-rw-r--r--src/keyboard.c5
34 files changed, 668 insertions, 618 deletions
diff --git a/doc/emacs/building.texi b/doc/emacs/building.texi
index 549ccaf3ae7..8e2fdf11370 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/building.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/building.texi
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ And here's how to do it in csh:
302if ($?prompt) set prompt = @dots{} 302if ($?prompt) set prompt = @dots{}
303@end example 303@end example
304 304
305@vindex TERM, environment variable, in compilation mode 305@vindex TERM@r{, environment variable, in compilation mode}
306 If you want to customize the value of the @env{TERM} environment 306 If you want to customize the value of the @env{TERM} environment
307variable passed to the compilation subshell, customize the variable 307variable passed to the compilation subshell, customize the variable
308@code{comint-terminfo-terminal} (@pxref{Shell Options}). 308@code{comint-terminfo-terminal} (@pxref{Shell Options}).
diff --git a/doc/emacs/calendar.texi b/doc/emacs/calendar.texi
index be5af998e7e..c6a84b5ab12 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/calendar.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/calendar.texi
@@ -1507,7 +1507,8 @@ to the main diary file, if these are different files.
1507@end ifnottex 1507@end ifnottex
1508 1508
1509 1509
1510@findex icalendar-export-file, icalendar-export-region 1510@findex icalendar-export-file
1511@findex icalendar-export-region
1511 Use @code{icalendar-export-file} to interactively export an entire 1512 Use @code{icalendar-export-file} to interactively export an entire
1512Emacs diary file to iCalendar format. To export only a part of a diary 1513Emacs diary file to iCalendar format. To export only a part of a diary
1513file, mark the relevant area, and call @code{icalendar-export-region}. 1514file, mark the relevant area, and call @code{icalendar-export-region}.
diff --git a/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi b/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi
index d18de8e7a02..733919a374a 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi
@@ -464,25 +464,25 @@ variables to be set, but it uses their values if they are set.
464@c might be confused with general-purpose phrases. 464@c might be confused with general-purpose phrases.
465@table @env 465@table @env
466@item CDPATH 466@item CDPATH
467@vindex CDPATH, environment variable 467@vindex CDPATH@r{, environment variable}
468Used by the @code{cd} command to search for the directory you specify, 468Used by the @code{cd} command to search for the directory you specify,
469when you specify a relative directory, 469when you specify a relative directory,
470@item DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS 470@item DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS
471@vindex DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS, environment variable 471@vindex DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS@r{, environment variable}
472Used by D-Bus when Emacs is compiled with it. Usually, there is no 472Used by D-Bus when Emacs is compiled with it. Usually, there is no
473need to change it. Setting it to a dummy address, like 473need to change it. Setting it to a dummy address, like
474@samp{unix:path=/dev/null}, suppresses connections to the D-Bus session 474@samp{unix:path=/dev/null}, suppresses connections to the D-Bus session
475bus as well as autolaunching the D-Bus session bus if not running yet. 475bus as well as autolaunching the D-Bus session bus if not running yet.
476@item EMACSDATA 476@item EMACSDATA
477@vindex EMACSDATA, environment variable 477@vindex EMACSDATA@r{, environment variable}
478Directory for the architecture-independent files that come with Emacs. 478Directory for the architecture-independent files that come with Emacs.
479This is used to initialize the variable @code{data-directory}. 479This is used to initialize the variable @code{data-directory}.
480@item EMACSDOC 480@item EMACSDOC
481@vindex EMACSDOC, environment variable 481@vindex EMACSDOC@r{, environment variable}
482Directory for the documentation string file, which is used to 482Directory for the documentation string file, which is used to
483initialize the Lisp variable @code{doc-directory}. 483initialize the Lisp variable @code{doc-directory}.
484@item EMACSLOADPATH 484@item EMACSLOADPATH
485@vindex EMACSLOADPATH, environment variable 485@vindex EMACSLOADPATH@r{, environment variable}
486A colon-separated list of directories@footnote{Here and below, 486A colon-separated list of directories@footnote{Here and below,
487whenever we say ``colon-separated list of directories'', it pertains 487whenever we say ``colon-separated list of directories'', it pertains
488to Unix and GNU/Linux systems. On MS-DOS and MS-Windows, the 488to Unix and GNU/Linux systems. On MS-DOS and MS-Windows, the
@@ -496,28 +496,28 @@ the default @code{load-path}. To specify an empty element in the
496middle of the list, use 2 colons in a row, as in 496middle of the list, use 2 colons in a row, as in
497@samp{EMACSLOADPATH="/tmp::/foo"}. 497@samp{EMACSLOADPATH="/tmp::/foo"}.
498@item EMACSPATH 498@item EMACSPATH
499@vindex EMACSPATH, environment variable 499@vindex EMACSPATH@r{, environment variable}
500A colon-separated list of directories to search for executable files. 500A colon-separated list of directories to search for executable files.
501If set, Emacs uses this in addition to @env{PATH} (see below) when 501If set, Emacs uses this in addition to @env{PATH} (see below) when
502initializing the variable @code{exec-path} (@pxref{Shell}). 502initializing the variable @code{exec-path} (@pxref{Shell}).
503@item EMAIL 503@item EMAIL
504@vindex EMAIL, environment variable 504@vindex EMAIL@r{, environment variable}
505@vindex user-mail-address@r{, initialization} 505@vindex user-mail-address@r{, initialization}
506Your email address; used to initialize the Lisp variable 506Your email address; used to initialize the Lisp variable
507@code{user-mail-address}, which the Emacs mail interface puts into the 507@code{user-mail-address}, which the Emacs mail interface puts into the
508@samp{From} header of outgoing messages (@pxref{Mail Headers}). 508@samp{From} header of outgoing messages (@pxref{Mail Headers}).
509@item ESHELL 509@item ESHELL
510@vindex ESHELL, environment variable 510@vindex ESHELL@r{, environment variable}
511Used for shell-mode to override the @env{SHELL} environment variable 511Used for shell-mode to override the @env{SHELL} environment variable
512(@pxref{Interactive Shell}). 512(@pxref{Interactive Shell}).
513@item HISTFILE 513@item HISTFILE
514@vindex HISTFILE, environment variable 514@vindex HISTFILE@r{, environment variable}
515The name of the file that shell commands are saved in between logins. 515The name of the file that shell commands are saved in between logins.
516This variable defaults to @file{~/.bash_history} if you use Bash, to 516This variable defaults to @file{~/.bash_history} if you use Bash, to
517@file{~/.sh_history} if you use ksh, and to @file{~/.history} 517@file{~/.sh_history} if you use ksh, and to @file{~/.history}
518otherwise. 518otherwise.
519@item HOME 519@item HOME
520@vindex HOME, environment variable 520@vindex HOME@r{, environment variable}
521The location of your files in the directory tree; used for 521The location of your files in the directory tree; used for
522expansion of file names starting with a tilde (@file{~}). On MS-DOS, 522expansion of file names starting with a tilde (@file{~}). On MS-DOS,
523it defaults to the directory from which Emacs was started, with 523it defaults to the directory from which Emacs was started, with
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ where @var{username} is your user name), though for backwards
529compatibility @file{C:/} will be used instead if a @file{.emacs} file 529compatibility @file{C:/} will be used instead if a @file{.emacs} file
530is found there. 530is found there.
531@item HOSTNAME 531@item HOSTNAME
532@vindex HOSTNAME, environment variable 532@vindex HOSTNAME@r{, environment variable}
533The name of the machine that Emacs is running on. 533The name of the machine that Emacs is running on.
534@c complete.el is obsolete since 24.1. 534@c complete.el is obsolete since 24.1.
535@ignore 535@ignore
@@ -538,24 +538,24 @@ A colon-separated list of directories. Used by the @code{complete} package
538to search for files. 538to search for files.
539@end ignore 539@end ignore
540@item INFOPATH 540@item INFOPATH
541@vindex INFOPATH, environment variable 541@vindex INFOPATH@r{, environment variable}
542A colon-separated list of directories in which to search for Info files. 542A colon-separated list of directories in which to search for Info files.
543@item LC_ALL 543@item LC_ALL
544@vindex LC_ALL, environment variable 544@vindex LC_ALL@r{, environment variable}
545@itemx LC_COLLATE 545@itemx LC_COLLATE
546@vindex LC_COLLATE, environment variable 546@vindex LC_COLLATE@r{, environment variable}
547@itemx LC_CTYPE 547@itemx LC_CTYPE
548@vindex LC_CTYPE, environment variable 548@vindex LC_CTYPE@r{, environment variable}
549@itemx LC_MESSAGES 549@itemx LC_MESSAGES
550@vindex LC_MESSAGES, environment variable 550@vindex LC_MESSAGES@r{, environment variable}
551@itemx LC_MONETARY 551@itemx LC_MONETARY
552@vindex LC_MONETARY, environment variable 552@vindex LC_MONETARY@r{, environment variable}
553@itemx LC_NUMERIC 553@itemx LC_NUMERIC
554@vindex LC_NUMERIC, environment variable 554@vindex LC_NUMERIC@r{, environment variable}
555@itemx LC_TIME 555@itemx LC_TIME
556@vindex LC_TIME, environment variable 556@vindex LC_TIME@r{, environment variable}
557@itemx LANG 557@itemx LANG
558@vindex LANG, environment variable 558@vindex LANG@r{, environment variable}
559The user's preferred locale. The locale has six categories, specified 559The user's preferred locale. The locale has six categories, specified
560by the environment variables @env{LC_COLLATE} for sorting, 560by the environment variables @env{LC_COLLATE} for sorting,
561@env{LC_CTYPE} for character encoding, @env{LC_MESSAGES} for system 561@env{LC_CTYPE} for character encoding, @env{LC_MESSAGES} for system
@@ -578,70 +578,70 @@ matched against entries in @code{locale-language-names},
578@code{locale-preferred-coding-systems}, to select a default language 578@code{locale-preferred-coding-systems}, to select a default language
579environment and coding system. @xref{Language Environments}. 579environment and coding system. @xref{Language Environments}.
580@item LOGNAME 580@item LOGNAME
581@vindex LOGNAME, environment variable 581@vindex LOGNAME@r{, environment variable}
582The user's login name. See also @env{USER}. 582The user's login name. See also @env{USER}.
583@item MAIL 583@item MAIL
584@vindex MAIL, environment variable 584@vindex MAIL@r{, environment variable}
585The name of your system mail inbox. 585The name of your system mail inbox.
586@ifnottex 586@ifnottex
587@item MH 587@item MH
588@vindex MH, environment variable 588@vindex MH@r{, environment variable}
589Name of setup file for the mh system. @xref{Top,,MH-E,mh-e, The Emacs 589Name of setup file for the mh system. @xref{Top,,MH-E,mh-e, The Emacs
590Interface to MH}. 590Interface to MH}.
591@end ifnottex 591@end ifnottex
592@item NAME 592@item NAME
593@vindex NAME, environment variable 593@vindex NAME@r{, environment variable}
594Your real-world name. This is used to initialize the variable 594Your real-world name. This is used to initialize the variable
595@code{user-full-name} (@pxref{Mail Headers}). 595@code{user-full-name} (@pxref{Mail Headers}).
596@item NNTPSERVER 596@item NNTPSERVER
597@vindex NNTPSERVER, environment variable 597@vindex NNTPSERVER@r{, environment variable}
598The name of the news server. Used by the mh and Gnus packages. 598The name of the news server. Used by the mh and Gnus packages.
599@item ORGANIZATION 599@item ORGANIZATION
600@vindex ORGANIZATION, environment variable 600@vindex ORGANIZATION@r{, environment variable}
601The name of the organization to which you belong. Used for setting the 601The name of the organization to which you belong. Used for setting the
602@samp{Organization:} header in your posts from the Gnus package. 602@samp{Organization:} header in your posts from the Gnus package.
603@item PATH 603@item PATH
604@vindex PATH, environment variable 604@vindex PATH@r{, environment variable}
605A colon-separated list of directories containing executable files. 605A colon-separated list of directories containing executable files.
606This is used to initialize the variable @code{exec-path} 606This is used to initialize the variable @code{exec-path}
607(@pxref{Shell}). 607(@pxref{Shell}).
608@item PWD 608@item PWD
609@vindex PWD, environment variable 609@vindex PWD@r{, environment variable}
610If set, this should be the default directory when Emacs was started. 610If set, this should be the default directory when Emacs was started.
611@item REPLYTO 611@item REPLYTO
612@vindex REPLYTO, environment variable 612@vindex REPLYTO@r{, environment variable}
613If set, this specifies an initial value for the variable 613If set, this specifies an initial value for the variable
614@code{mail-default-reply-to} (@pxref{Mail Headers}). 614@code{mail-default-reply-to} (@pxref{Mail Headers}).
615@item SAVEDIR 615@item SAVEDIR
616@vindex SAVEDIR, environment variable 616@vindex SAVEDIR@r{, environment variable}
617The name of a directory in which news articles are saved by default. 617The name of a directory in which news articles are saved by default.
618Used by the Gnus package. 618Used by the Gnus package.
619@item SHELL 619@item SHELL
620@vindex SHELL, environment variable 620@vindex SHELL@r{, environment variable}
621The name of an interpreter used to parse and execute programs run from 621The name of an interpreter used to parse and execute programs run from
622inside Emacs. 622inside Emacs.
623@item SMTPSERVER 623@item SMTPSERVER
624@vindex SMTPSERVER, environment variable 624@vindex SMTPSERVER@r{, environment variable}
625The name of the outgoing mail server. This is used to initialize the 625The name of the outgoing mail server. This is used to initialize the
626variable @code{smtpmail-smtp-server} (@pxref{Mail Sending}). 626variable @code{smtpmail-smtp-server} (@pxref{Mail Sending}).
627@cindex background mode, on @command{xterm} 627@cindex background mode, on @command{xterm}
628@item TERM 628@item TERM
629@vindex TERM, environment variable 629@vindex TERM@r{, environment variable}
630The type of the terminal that Emacs is using. This variable must be 630The type of the terminal that Emacs is using. This variable must be
631set unless Emacs is run in batch mode. On MS-DOS, it defaults to 631set unless Emacs is run in batch mode. On MS-DOS, it defaults to
632@samp{internal}, which specifies a built-in terminal emulation that 632@samp{internal}, which specifies a built-in terminal emulation that
633handles the machine's own display. 633handles the machine's own display.
634@item TERMCAP 634@item TERMCAP
635@vindex TERMCAP, environment variable 635@vindex TERMCAP@r{, environment variable}
636The name of the termcap library file describing how to program the 636The name of the termcap library file describing how to program the
637terminal specified by @env{TERM}. This defaults to 637terminal specified by @env{TERM}. This defaults to
638@file{/etc/termcap}. 638@file{/etc/termcap}.
639@item TMPDIR 639@item TMPDIR
640@vindex TMPDIR, environment variable 640@vindex TMPDIR@r{, environment variable}
641@itemx TMP 641@itemx TMP
642@vindex TMP, environment variable 642@vindex TMP@r{, environment variable}
643@itemx TEMP 643@itemx TEMP
644@vindex TEMP, environment variable 644@vindex TEMP@r{, environment variable}
645These environment variables are used to initialize the variable 645These environment variables are used to initialize the variable
646@code{temporary-file-directory}, which specifies a directory in which 646@code{temporary-file-directory}, which specifies a directory in which
647to put temporary files (@pxref{Backup}). Emacs tries to use 647to put temporary files (@pxref{Backup}). Emacs tries to use
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ to put temporary files (@pxref{Backup}). Emacs tries to use
649@file{/tmp}, but on MS-Windows and MS-DOS it instead falls back on 649@file{/tmp}, but on MS-Windows and MS-DOS it instead falls back on
650@env{TMP}, then @env{TEMP}, and finally @file{c:/temp}. 650@env{TMP}, then @env{TEMP}, and finally @file{c:/temp}.
651@item TZ 651@item TZ
652@vindex TZ, environment variable 652@vindex TZ@r{, environment variable}
653This specifies the default time zone and possibly also daylight 653This specifies the default time zone and possibly also daylight
654saving time information. @xref{Time Zone Rules,,, elisp, The GNU 654saving time information. @xref{Time Zone Rules,,, elisp, The GNU
655Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. On MS-DOS, if @env{TZ} is not set in the 655Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. On MS-DOS, if @env{TZ} is not set in the
@@ -657,11 +657,11 @@ environment when Emacs starts, Emacs defines a default value as
657appropriate for the country code returned by DOS@. On MS-Windows, Emacs 657appropriate for the country code returned by DOS@. On MS-Windows, Emacs
658does not use @env{TZ} at all. 658does not use @env{TZ} at all.
659@item USER 659@item USER
660@vindex USER, environment variable 660@vindex USER@r{, environment variable}
661The user's login name. See also @env{LOGNAME}. On MS-DOS, this 661The user's login name. See also @env{LOGNAME}. On MS-DOS, this
662defaults to @samp{root}. 662defaults to @samp{root}.
663@item VERSION_CONTROL 663@item VERSION_CONTROL
664@vindex VERSION_CONTROL, environment variable 664@vindex VERSION_CONTROL@r{, environment variable}
665Used to initialize the @code{version-control} variable (@pxref{Backup 665Used to initialize the @code{version-control} variable (@pxref{Backup
666Names}). 666Names}).
667@end table 667@end table
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ colored display.
913Turn on the color support unconditionally, and use color commands 913Turn on the color support unconditionally, and use color commands
914specified by the ANSI escape sequences for the 8 standard colors. 914specified by the ANSI escape sequences for the 8 standard colors.
915@item @var{num} 915@item @var{num}
916Use color mode for @var{num} colors. If @var{num} is -1, turn off 916Use color mode for @var{num} colors. If @var{num} is @minus{}1, turn off
917color support (equivalent to @samp{never}); if it is 0, use the 917color support (equivalent to @samp{never}); if it is 0, use the
918default color support for this terminal (equivalent to @samp{auto}); 918default color support for this terminal (equivalent to @samp{auto});
919otherwise use an appropriate standard mode for @var{num} colors. 919otherwise use an appropriate standard mode for @var{num} colors.
diff --git a/doc/emacs/custom.texi b/doc/emacs/custom.texi
index 3a66f216027..86e27b64243 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/custom.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/custom.texi
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ top-level @code{Emacs} group. It looks like this, in part:
83@c @page 83@c @page
84@smallexample 84@smallexample
85@group 85@group
86For help, see [Easy Customization] in the [Emacs manual]. 86For help using this buffer, see [Easy Customization] in the [Emacs manual].
87 87
88________________________________________ [ Search ] 88________________________________________ [ Search ]
89 89
@@ -95,10 +95,10 @@ Emacs group: Customization of the One True Editor.
95 [State]: visible group members are all at standard values. 95 [State]: visible group members are all at standard values.
96 See also [Manual]. 96 See also [Manual].
97 97
98[Editing] : Basic text editing facilities. 98[Editing] Basic text editing facilities.
99[Convenience] : Convenience features for faster editing. 99[Convenience] Convenience features for faster editing.
100 100
101@var{more second-level groups} 101@var{...more second-level groups...}
102@end group 102@end group
103@end smallexample 103@end smallexample
104 104
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ has been edited, set, or saved. @xref{Changing a Variable}.
119the customization buffer is an editable field for searching for 119the customization buffer is an editable field for searching for
120settings (@pxref{Browsing Custom}). There are also @dfn{buttons} and 120settings (@pxref{Browsing Custom}). There are also @dfn{buttons} and
121@dfn{links}, which you can activate by either clicking with the mouse, 121@dfn{links}, which you can activate by either clicking with the mouse,
122or moving point there and typing @key{RET}. For example, the group 122or moving point there and typing @kbd{@key{RET}}. For example, the group
123names like @samp{[Editing]} are links; activating one of these links 123names like @samp{[Editing]} are links; activating one of these links
124brings up the customization buffer for that group. 124brings up the customization buffer for that group.
125 125
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ brings up the customization buffer for that group.
127@kindex S-TAB @r{(customization buffer)} 127@kindex S-TAB @r{(customization buffer)}
128@findex widget-forward 128@findex widget-forward
129@findex widget-backward 129@findex widget-backward
130 In the customization buffer, you can type @key{TAB} 130 In the customization buffer, you can type @kbd{@key{TAB}}
131(@code{widget-forward}) to move forward to the next button or editable 131(@code{widget-forward}) to move forward to the next button or editable
132field. @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{widget-backward}) moves back to the 132field. @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{widget-backward}) moves back to the
133previous button or editable field. 133previous button or editable field.
@@ -146,16 +146,16 @@ settings that you want to customize.
146 146
147 If you are interested in customizing a particular setting or 147 If you are interested in customizing a particular setting or
148customization group, you can go straight there with the commands 148customization group, you can go straight there with the commands
149@kbd{M-x customize-option}, @kbd{M-x customize-face}, or @kbd{M-x 149@kbd{M-x customize-option}, @kbd{M-x customize-face}, or @w{@kbd{M-x
150customize-group}. @xref{Specific Customization}. 150customize-group}}. @xref{Specific Customization}.
151 151
152@vindex custom-search-field 152@vindex custom-search-field
153 If you don't know exactly what groups or settings you want to 153 If you don't know exactly what groups or settings you want to
154customize, you can search for them using the editable search field at 154customize, you can search for them using the editable search field at
155the top of each customization buffer. Here, you can type in a search 155the top of each customization buffer. Here, you can type in a search
156term---either one or more words separated by spaces, or a regular 156term---either one or more words separated by spaces, or a regular
157expression (@pxref{Regexps}). Then type @key{RET} in the field, or 157expression (@pxref{Regexps}). Then type @kbd{@key{RET}} in the field,
158activate the @samp{Search} button next to it, to switch to a 158or activate the @samp{Search} button next to it, to switch to a
159customization buffer containing groups and settings that match those 159customization buffer containing groups and settings that match those
160terms. Note, however, that this feature only finds groups and 160terms. Note, however, that this feature only finds groups and
161settings that are loaded in the current Emacs session. 161settings that are loaded in the current Emacs session.
@@ -252,11 +252,11 @@ names, and Emacs command names, you can perform completion with
252@kbd{M-@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}}. This behaves much 252@kbd{M-@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}}. This behaves much
253like minibuffer completion (@pxref{Completion}). 253like minibuffer completion (@pxref{Completion}).
254 254
255 Typing @key{RET} on an editable value field moves point forward to 255 Typing @kbd{@key{RET}} on an editable value field moves point
256the next field or button, like @key{TAB}. You can thus type @key{RET} 256forward to the next field or button, like @kbd{@key{TAB}}. You can
257when you are finished editing a field, to move on to the next button 257thus type @kbd{@key{RET}} when you are finished editing a field, to
258or field. To insert a newline within an editable field, use @kbd{C-o} 258move on to the next button or field. To insert a newline within an
259or @kbd{C-q C-j}. 259editable field, use @kbd{C-o} or @kbd{C-q C-j}.
260 260
261 For some variables, there is only a fixed set of legitimate values, 261 For some variables, there is only a fixed set of legitimate values,
262and you are not allowed to edit the value directly. Instead, a 262and you are not allowed to edit the value directly. Instead, a
@@ -306,9 +306,10 @@ operation. There are actually four reset operations:
306If you have modified but not yet set the variable, this restores the 306If you have modified but not yet set the variable, this restores the
307text in the customization buffer to match the actual value. 307text in the customization buffer to match the actual value.
308 308
309@item Reset to Saved 309@item Revert This Session's Customizations
310This restores the value of the variable to the last saved value, 310This restores the value of the variable to the last saved value, if
311and updates the text accordingly. 311there was one. Otherwise it restores the standard value. It updates
312the text accordingly.
312 313
313@item Erase Customization 314@item Erase Customization
314This sets the variable to its standard value. Any saved value that 315This sets the variable to its standard value. Any saved value that
@@ -329,15 +330,17 @@ customization. Use the @samp{Add Comment} item from the
329 Near the top of the customization buffer are two lines of buttons: 330 Near the top of the customization buffer are two lines of buttons:
330 331
331@smallexample 332@smallexample
332 [Set for Current Session] [Save for Future Sessions] 333 Operate on all settings in this buffer:
333 [Undo Edits] [Reset to Saved] [Erase Customization] [Exit] 334 [Revert...] [Apply] [Apply and Save]
334@end smallexample 335@end smallexample
335 336
336@noindent 337@noindent
337Each of the first five buttons performs the stated operation---set, 338The @samp{[Revert...]} button drops a menu with the first 3 reset
338save, reset, etc.---on all the settings in the buffer that could 339operations described above. The @samp{[Apply]} button applies the
339meaningfully be affected. They do not operate on settings that are 340settings for the current session. The @samp{[Apply and Save]} button
340hidden, nor on subgroups that are hidden or not visible in the buffer. 341applies the settings and saves them for future sessions; this button
342does not appear if Emacs was started with the @option{-q} or
343@option{-Q} option (@pxref{Initial Options}).
341 344
342@kindex C-c C-c @r{(customization buffer)} 345@kindex C-c C-c @r{(customization buffer)}
343@kindex C-x C-c @r{(customization buffer)} 346@kindex C-x C-c @r{(customization buffer)}
@@ -360,8 +363,8 @@ kill the customization buffer instead, change the variable
360 In the customization buffer, you can @dfn{save} a customization 363 In the customization buffer, you can @dfn{save} a customization
361setting by choosing the @samp{Save for Future Sessions} choice from 364setting by choosing the @samp{Save for Future Sessions} choice from
362its @samp{[State]} button. The @kbd{C-x C-s} (@code{Custom-save}) 365its @samp{[State]} button. The @kbd{C-x C-s} (@code{Custom-save})
363command, or the @samp{[Save for Future Sessions]} button at the top of 366command, or the @samp{[Apply and Save]} button at the top of the
364the customization buffer, saves all applicable settings in the buffer. 367customization buffer, saves all applicable settings in the buffer.
365 368
366 Saving works by writing code to a file, usually your initialization 369 Saving works by writing code to a file, usually your initialization
367file (@pxref{Init File}). Future Emacs sessions automatically read 370file (@pxref{Init File}). Future Emacs sessions automatically read
@@ -427,7 +430,8 @@ both variables and faces.
427 430
428 For example, in programming language modes, source code comments are 431 For example, in programming language modes, source code comments are
429shown with @code{font-lock-comment-face} (@pxref{Font Lock}). In a 432shown with @code{font-lock-comment-face} (@pxref{Font Lock}). In a
430customization buffer, that face appears like this: 433customization buffer, that face appears like this, after you click on
434the @samp{[Show All Attributes]} link:
431 435
432@smallexample 436@smallexample
433[Hide] Font Lock Comment Face:[sample] 437[Hide] Font Lock Comment Face:[sample]
@@ -469,7 +473,7 @@ Any unspecified attribute is taken from the special face named
469have an explicitly-assigned face; furthermore, its background color 473have an explicitly-assigned face; furthermore, its background color
470attribute serves as the background color of the frame. 474attribute serves as the background color of the frame.
471 475
472 The @samp{Hide Unused Attributes} button, at the end of the 476 The @samp{[Hide Unused Attributes]} button, at the end of the
473attribute list, hides the unspecified attributes of the face. When 477attribute list, hides the unspecified attributes of the face. When
474attributes are being hidden, the button changes to @samp{[Show All 478attributes are being hidden, the button changes to @samp{[Show All
475Attributes]}, which reveals the entire attribute list. The 479Attributes]}, which reveals the entire attribute list. The
@@ -482,8 +486,8 @@ usual ways.
482 Foreground and background colors can be specified using either color 486 Foreground and background colors can be specified using either color
483names or RGB triplets (@pxref{Colors}). You can also use the 487names or RGB triplets (@pxref{Colors}). You can also use the
484@samp{[Choose]} button to switch to a list of color names; select a 488@samp{[Choose]} button to switch to a list of color names; select a
485color with @key{RET} in that buffer to put the color name in the value 489color with @kbd{@key{RET}} in that buffer to put the color name in the
486field. 490value field.
487 491
488 Setting, saving and resetting a face work like the same operations for 492 Setting, saving and resetting a face work like the same operations for
489variables (@pxref{Changing a Variable}). 493variables (@pxref{Changing a Variable}).
@@ -501,19 +505,29 @@ menu you get from invoking @samp{[State]}.
501@item M-x customize-option @key{RET} @var{option} @key{RET} 505@item M-x customize-option @key{RET} @var{option} @key{RET}
502@itemx M-x customize-variable @key{RET} @var{option} @key{RET} 506@itemx M-x customize-variable @key{RET} @var{option} @key{RET}
503Set up a customization buffer for just one user option, @var{option}. 507Set up a customization buffer for just one user option, @var{option}.
508
504@item M-x customize-face @key{RET} @var{face} @key{RET} 509@item M-x customize-face @key{RET} @var{face} @key{RET}
505Set up a customization buffer for just one face, @var{face}. 510Set up a customization buffer for just one face, @var{face}.
511
506@item M-x customize-group @key{RET} @var{group} @key{RET} 512@item M-x customize-group @key{RET} @var{group} @key{RET}
507Set up a customization buffer for just one group, @var{group}. 513Set up a customization buffer for just one group, @var{group}.
514
508@item M-x customize-apropos @key{RET} @var{regexp} @key{RET} 515@item M-x customize-apropos @key{RET} @var{regexp} @key{RET}
509Set up a customization buffer for all the settings and groups that 516Set up a customization buffer for all the settings and groups that
510match @var{regexp}. 517match @var{regexp}.
518
511@item M-x customize-changed @key{RET} @var{version} @key{RET} 519@item M-x customize-changed @key{RET} @var{version} @key{RET}
512Set up a customization buffer with all the settings and groups 520Set up a customization buffer with all the settings and groups
513whose meaning has changed since Emacs version @var{version}. 521whose meaning has changed since Emacs version @var{version}.
522
523@item M-x customize-changed-options @key{RET} @var{version} @key{RET}
524Set up a customization buffer with all the options whose meaning or
525default values have changed since Emacs version @var{version}.
526
514@item M-x customize-saved 527@item M-x customize-saved
515Set up a customization buffer containing all settings that you 528Set up a customization buffer containing all settings that you
516have saved with customization buffers. 529have saved with customization buffers.
530
517@item M-x customize-unsaved 531@item M-x customize-unsaved
518Set up a customization buffer containing all settings that you have 532Set up a customization buffer containing all settings that you have
519set but not saved. 533set but not saved.
@@ -759,6 +773,7 @@ expects (@pxref{Examining}).
759@item C-h v @var{var} @key{RET} 773@item C-h v @var{var} @key{RET}
760Display the value and documentation of variable @var{var} 774Display the value and documentation of variable @var{var}
761(@code{describe-variable}). 775(@code{describe-variable}).
776
762@item M-x set-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET} @var{value} @key{RET} 777@item M-x set-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET} @var{value} @key{RET}
763Change the value of variable @var{var} to @var{value}. 778Change the value of variable @var{var} to @var{value}.
764@end table 779@end table
@@ -951,8 +966,10 @@ be run as well.
951@table @kbd 966@table @kbd
952@item M-x make-local-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET} 967@item M-x make-local-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET}
953Make variable @var{var} have a local value in the current buffer. 968Make variable @var{var} have a local value in the current buffer.
969
954@item M-x kill-local-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET} 970@item M-x kill-local-variable @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET}
955Make variable @var{var} use its global value in the current buffer. 971Make variable @var{var} use its global value in the current buffer.
972
956@item M-x make-variable-buffer-local @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET} 973@item M-x make-variable-buffer-local @key{RET} @var{var} @key{RET}
957Mark variable @var{var} so that setting it will make it local to the 974Mark variable @var{var} so that setting it will make it local to the
958buffer that is current at that time. 975buffer that is current at that time.
@@ -1200,7 +1217,7 @@ keyword with a Lisp expression that runs the mode command
1200list enables Eldoc mode (@pxref{Lisp Doc}) by calling 1217list enables Eldoc mode (@pxref{Lisp Doc}) by calling
1201@code{eldoc-mode} with no argument (calling it with an argument of 1 1218@code{eldoc-mode} with no argument (calling it with an argument of 1
1202would do the same), and disables Font Lock mode (@pxref{Font Lock}) by 1219would do the same), and disables Font Lock mode (@pxref{Font Lock}) by
1203calling @code{font-lock-mode} with an argument of -1. 1220calling @code{font-lock-mode} with an argument of @minus{}1.
1204 1221
1205@example 1222@example
1206;; Local Variables: 1223;; Local Variables:
diff --git a/doc/emacs/mini.texi b/doc/emacs/mini.texi
index 03e371f4999..579697f47bd 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/mini.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/mini.texi
@@ -464,12 +464,14 @@ Lisp symbol). The default completion styles are (in order):
464 464
465@table @code 465@table @code
466@item basic 466@item basic
467@cindex @code{basic}, completion style
467A matching completion alternative must have the same beginning as the 468A matching completion alternative must have the same beginning as the
468text in the minibuffer before point. Furthermore, if there is any 469text in the minibuffer before point. Furthermore, if there is any
469text in the minibuffer after point, the rest of the completion 470text in the minibuffer after point, the rest of the completion
470alternative must contain that text as a substring. 471alternative must contain that text as a substring.
471 472
472@findex partial completion 473@cindex partial completion
474@cindex @code{partial-completion}, completion style
473@item partial-completion 475@item partial-completion
474This aggressive completion style divides the minibuffer text into 476This aggressive completion style divides the minibuffer text into
475words separated by hyphens or spaces, and completes each word 477words separated by hyphens or spaces, and completes each word
@@ -481,6 +483,7 @@ Furthermore, a @samp{*} in the minibuffer text is treated as a
481corresponding position in the completion alternative. 483corresponding position in the completion alternative.
482 484
483@item emacs22 485@item emacs22
486@cindex @code{emacs22}, completion style
484This completion style is similar to @code{basic}, except that it 487This completion style is similar to @code{basic}, except that it
485ignores the text in the minibuffer after point. It is so-named 488ignores the text in the minibuffer after point. It is so-named
486because it corresponds to the completion behavior in Emacs 22. 489because it corresponds to the completion behavior in Emacs 22.
@@ -493,6 +496,7 @@ can add them to @code{completion-styles} if you wish
493 496
494@table @code 497@table @code
495@item substring 498@item substring
499@cindex @code{substring}, completion style
496A matching completion alternative must contain the text in the 500A matching completion alternative must contain the text in the
497minibuffer before point, and the text in the minibuffer after point, 501minibuffer before point, and the text in the minibuffer after point,
498as substrings (in that same order). 502as substrings (in that same order).
@@ -503,6 +507,7 @@ between @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}, that matches
503@var{c} can be any string including the empty string. 507@var{c} can be any string including the empty string.
504 508
505@item initials 509@item initials
510@cindex @code{initials}, completion style
506This very aggressive completion style attempts to complete acronyms 511This very aggressive completion style attempts to complete acronyms
507and initialisms. For example, when completing command names, it 512and initialisms. For example, when completing command names, it
508matches @samp{lch} to @samp{list-command-history}. 513matches @samp{lch} to @samp{list-command-history}.
diff --git a/doc/emacs/misc.texi b/doc/emacs/misc.texi
index 9610ed4dd89..d8f202f6845 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/misc.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/misc.texi
@@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ directory stack if they are not already on it
1359underlying shell, of course. 1359underlying shell, of course.
1360 1360
1361@vindex comint-terminfo-terminal 1361@vindex comint-terminfo-terminal
1362@vindex TERM, environment variable, in sub-shell 1362@vindex TERM@r{, environment variable, in sub-shell}
1363Comint mode sets the @env{TERM} environment variable to a safe default 1363Comint mode sets the @env{TERM} environment variable to a safe default
1364value, but this value disables some useful features. For example, 1364value, but this value disables some useful features. For example,
1365color is disabled in applications that use @env{TERM} to determine if 1365color is disabled in applications that use @env{TERM} to determine if
diff --git a/doc/emacs/trouble.texi b/doc/emacs/trouble.texi
index 330497c4ea9..9712cc73de0 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/trouble.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/trouble.texi
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ the dribble file.
779@item 779@item
780@findex open-termscript 780@findex open-termscript
781@cindex termscript file 781@cindex termscript file
782@vindex TERM, environment variable, and display bugs 782@vindex TERM@r{, environment variable, and display bugs}
783For possible display bugs, the terminal type (the value of environment 783For possible display bugs, the terminal type (the value of environment
784variable @env{TERM}), the complete termcap entry for the terminal from 784variable @env{TERM}), the complete termcap entry for the terminal from
785@file{/etc/termcap} (since that file is not identical on all machines), 785@file{/etc/termcap} (since that file is not identical on all machines),
diff --git a/doc/emacs/windows.texi b/doc/emacs/windows.texi
index 9f3b1b6a079..7dbd680b9b2 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/windows.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/windows.texi
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Several of these commands are bound in the @kbd{C-x 5} prefix key.
379 379
380@node Window Choice 380@node Window Choice
381@subsection How @code{display-buffer} works 381@subsection How @code{display-buffer} works
382@findex display-buffer, detailed description 382@findex display-buffer@r{, detailed description}
383 383
384The @code{display-buffer} command (as well as commands that call it 384The @code{display-buffer} command (as well as commands that call it
385internally) chooses a window to display by following the steps given 385internally) chooses a window to display by following the steps given
diff --git a/doc/emacs/xresources.texi b/doc/emacs/xresources.texi
index ee59551a6a6..a0de3134db7 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/xresources.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/xresources.texi
@@ -216,6 +216,14 @@ Width of the internal frame border, in pixels.
216@cindex line spacing 216@cindex line spacing
217Additional space between lines, in pixels. 217Additional space between lines, in pixels.
218 218
219@ifnottex
220@item @code{menuBackground} (class @code{Background})
221@cindex background for menus
222The background color of the menus in non-toolkit versions of Emacs.
223(For toolkit versions, see @ref{Lucid Resources}, also see @ref{Motif
224Resources}, and see @ref{GTK Resources}.)
225@end ifnottex
226
219@item @code{menuBar} (class @code{MenuBar}) 227@item @code{menuBar} (class @code{MenuBar})
220@cindex menu bar (X resource) 228@cindex menu bar (X resource)
221If the value of this resource is @samp{off} or @samp{false} or 229If the value of this resource is @samp{off} or @samp{false} or
@@ -229,6 +237,14 @@ will use a separate minibuffer frame instead.
229@item @code{paneFont} (class @code{Font}) 237@item @code{paneFont} (class @code{Font})
230@cindex font for menus 238@cindex font for menus
231Font name for menu pane titles, in non-toolkit versions of Emacs. 239Font name for menu pane titles, in non-toolkit versions of Emacs.
240(For toolkit versions, see @ref{Lucid Resources}, also see @ref{Motif
241Resources}, and see @ref{GTK Resources}.)
242
243@item @code{paneForeground} (class @code{Foreground})
244@cindex foreground for menus
245Foreground color for menu pane titles, in non-toolkit versions of
246Emacs. (For toolkit versions, see @ref{Lucid Resources}, also see
247@ref{Motif Resources}, and see @ref{GTK Resources}.)
232@end ifnottex 248@end ifnottex
233 249
234@item @code{pointerColor} (class @code{Foreground}) 250@item @code{pointerColor} (class @code{Foreground})
@@ -266,7 +282,12 @@ compiled with GTK+ support.
266@item @code{selectionFont} (class @code{SelectionFont}) 282@item @code{selectionFont} (class @code{SelectionFont})
267Font name for pop-up menu items, in non-toolkit versions of Emacs. (For 283Font name for pop-up menu items, in non-toolkit versions of Emacs. (For
268toolkit versions, see @ref{Lucid Resources}, also see @ref{Motif 284toolkit versions, see @ref{Lucid Resources}, also see @ref{Motif
269Resources}.) 285Resources}, and see @ref{GTK Resources}.)
286
287@item @code{selectionForeground} (class @code{SelectionForeground})
288Foreground color for pop-up menu items, in non-toolkit versions of
289Emacs. (For toolkit versions, see @ref{Lucid Resources}, also see
290@ref{Motif Resources}, and see @ref{GTK Resources}.)
270 291
271@item @code{selectionTimeout} (class @code{SelectionTimeout}) 292@item @code{selectionTimeout} (class @code{SelectionTimeout})
272Number of milliseconds to wait for a selection reply. 293Number of milliseconds to wait for a selection reply.
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi b/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi
index 137ccfe4a98..16216bb774c 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi
+++ b/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi
@@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ function definition, and vice versa.
1716@unnumberedsubsec @code{fill-column}, an Example Variable 1716@unnumberedsubsec @code{fill-column}, an Example Variable
1717@end ifnottex 1717@end ifnottex
1718 1718
1719@findex fill-column, @r{an example variable} 1719@findex fill-column@r{, an example variable}
1720@cindex Example variable, @code{fill-column} 1720@cindex Example variable, @code{fill-column}
1721@cindex Variable, example of, @code{fill-column} 1721@cindex Variable, example of, @code{fill-column}
1722The variable @code{fill-column} illustrates a symbol with a value 1722The variable @code{fill-column} illustrates a symbol with a value
@@ -3839,7 +3839,7 @@ message @samp{5 is greater than 4!} will be printed.
3839@noindent 3839@noindent
3840(The function @code{>} tests whether its first argument is greater than 3840(The function @code{>} tests whether its first argument is greater than
3841its second argument and returns true if it is.) 3841its second argument and returns true if it is.)
3842@findex > (greater than) 3842@findex > @r{(greater than)}
3843 3843
3844Of course, in actual use, the test in an @code{if} expression will not 3844Of course, in actual use, the test in an @code{if} expression will not
3845be fixed for all time as it is by the expression @code{(> 5 4)}. 3845be fixed for all time as it is by the expression @code{(> 5 4)}.
@@ -4552,7 +4552,7 @@ buffers. Later, we will study other functions.
4552@node Finding More 4552@node Finding More
4553@section Finding More Information 4553@section Finding More Information
4554 4554
4555@findex describe-function, @r{introduced} 4555@findex describe-function@r{, introduced}
4556@cindex Find function documentation 4556@cindex Find function documentation
4557In this walk-through, I will describe each new function as we come to 4557In this walk-through, I will describe each new function as we come to
4558it, sometimes in detail and sometimes briefly. If you are interested, 4558it, sometimes in detail and sometimes briefly. If you are interested,
@@ -5564,7 +5564,7 @@ outline of the function:
5564 5564
5565@node insert-buffer interactive 5565@node insert-buffer interactive
5566@subsection The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer} 5566@subsection The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
5567@findex interactive, @r{example use of} 5567@findex interactive@r{, example use of}
5568 5568
5569In @code{insert-buffer}, the argument to the @code{interactive} 5569In @code{insert-buffer}, the argument to the @code{interactive}
5570declaration has two parts, an asterisk, @samp{*}, and @samp{bInsert 5570declaration has two parts, an asterisk, @samp{*}, and @samp{bInsert
@@ -5881,8 +5881,8 @@ find and use again and again.
5881 5881
5882@node New insert-buffer 5882@node New insert-buffer
5883@subsection New Body for @code{insert-buffer} 5883@subsection New Body for @code{insert-buffer}
5884@findex insert-buffer, new version body 5884@findex insert-buffer@r{, new version body}
5885@findex new version body for insert-buffer 5885@cindex new version body for insert-buffer
5886 5886
5887The body in the GNU Emacs 22 version is more confusing than the original. 5887The body in the GNU Emacs 22 version is more confusing than the original.
5888 5888
@@ -6734,8 +6734,8 @@ Or can you write the function without them?
6734 6734
6735@node car cdr & cons 6735@node car cdr & cons
6736@chapter @code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions 6736@chapter @code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions
6737@findex car, @r{introduced} 6737@findex car@r{, introduced}
6738@findex cdr, @r{introduced} 6738@findex cdr@r{, introduced}
6739 6739
6740In Lisp, @code{car}, @code{cdr}, and @code{cons} are fundamental 6740In Lisp, @code{car}, @code{cdr}, and @code{cons} are fundamental
6741functions. The @code{cons} function is used to construct lists, and 6741functions. The @code{cons} function is used to construct lists, and
@@ -6900,7 +6900,7 @@ Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
6900 6900
6901@node cons 6901@node cons
6902@section @code{cons} 6902@section @code{cons}
6903@findex cons, @r{introduced} 6903@findex cons@r{, introduced}
6904 6904
6905The @code{cons} function constructs lists; it is the inverse of 6905The @code{cons} function constructs lists; it is the inverse of
6906@code{car} and @code{cdr}. For example, @code{cons} can be used to make 6906@code{car} and @code{cdr}. For example, @code{cons} can be used to make
@@ -8715,7 +8715,7 @@ example-list
8715@noindent 8715@noindent
8716Now, we can add a new element on to this list by evaluating the 8716Now, we can add a new element on to this list by evaluating the
8717following expression: 8717following expression:
8718@findex push, @r{example} 8718@findex push@r{, example}
8719 8719
8720@smallexample 8720@smallexample
8721(push "a third clause" example-list) 8721(push "a third clause" example-list)
@@ -8762,13 +8762,13 @@ element of the kill ring---this means that since the @sc{cdr} of the
8762next to last element is the last element of the kill ring, it will set 8762next to last element is the last element of the kill ring, it will set
8763the last element of the kill ring. 8763the last element of the kill ring.
8764 8764
8765@findex nthcdr, @r{example} 8765@findex nthcdr@r{, example}
8766The @code{nthcdr} function works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a 8766The @code{nthcdr} function works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a
8767list---it takes the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} 8767list---it takes the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr}
8768@dots{} It does this @var{N} times and returns the results. 8768@dots{} It does this @var{N} times and returns the results.
8769(@xref{nthcdr, , @code{nthcdr}}.) 8769(@xref{nthcdr, , @code{nthcdr}}.)
8770 8770
8771@findex setcdr, @r{example} 8771@findex setcdr@r{, example}
8772Thus, if we had a four element list that was supposed to be three 8772Thus, if we had a four element list that was supposed to be three
8773elements long, we could set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last element 8773elements long, we could set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last element
8774to @code{nil}, and thereby shorten the list. (If you set the last 8774to @code{nil}, and thereby shorten the list. (If you set the last
@@ -17177,8 +17177,8 @@ file, as I intended, I accidentally set the width for filled text,
17177almost always to a width I did not want. Since I hardly ever reset my 17177almost always to a width I did not want. Since I hardly ever reset my
17178default width, I simply unbound the key. 17178default width, I simply unbound the key.
17179 17179
17180@findex list-buffers, @r{rebound} 17180@findex list-buffers@r{, rebound}
17181@findex buffer-menu, @r{bound to key} 17181@findex buffer-menu@r{, bound to key}
17182@need 1250 17182@need 1250
17183The following rebinds an existing key: 17183The following rebinds an existing key:
17184 17184
diff --git a/doc/lispref/buffers.texi b/doc/lispref/buffers.texi
index 3750fa60534..a72e1eb69fc 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/buffers.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/buffers.texi
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ visiting a file or if the time has been explicitly cleared by
647too. For instance, in a Dired buffer listing a directory, it returns 647too. For instance, in a Dired buffer listing a directory, it returns
648the last modification time of that directory, as recorded by Dired. 648the last modification time of that directory, as recorded by Dired.
649 649
650If the buffer is not visiting a file, this function returns -1. 650If the buffer is not visiting a file, this function returns @minus{}1.
651@end defun 651@end defun
652 652
653@defun set-visited-file-modtime &optional time 653@defun set-visited-file-modtime &optional time
@@ -656,7 +656,8 @@ of the visited file, to the value specified by @var{time} if @var{time}
656is not @code{nil}, and otherwise to the last modification time of the 656is not @code{nil}, and otherwise to the last modification time of the
657visited file. 657visited file.
658 658
659If @var{time} is neither @code{nil} nor zero, it should have the form 659If @var{time} is neither @code{nil} nor an integer flag returned
660by @code{visited-file-modtime}, it should have the form
660@code{(@var{high} @var{low} @var{microsec} @var{picosec})}, 661@code{(@var{high} @var{low} @var{microsec} @var{picosec})},
661the format used by @code{current-time} (@pxref{Time of Day}). 662the format used by @code{current-time} (@pxref{Time of Day}).
662 663
diff --git a/doc/lispref/edebug.texi b/doc/lispref/edebug.texi
index 031fe65266e..b9cc1d5afc2 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/edebug.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/edebug.texi
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ display a list of all Edebug commands.
158into it, to invoke Edebug at the proper places. 158into it, to invoke Edebug at the proper places.
159 159
160@kindex C-M-x 160@kindex C-M-x
161@findex eval-defun (Edebug) 161@findex eval-defun @r{(Edebug)}
162 When you invoke command @kbd{C-M-x} (@code{eval-defun}) with a 162 When you invoke command @kbd{C-M-x} (@code{eval-defun}) with a
163prefix argument on a function definition, it instruments the 163prefix argument on a function definition, it instruments the
164definition before evaluating it. (This does not modify the source 164definition before evaluating it. (This does not modify the source
diff --git a/doc/lispref/files.texi b/doc/lispref/files.texi
index 70d6ec9cdb3..9fbdb628205 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/files.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/files.texi
@@ -1894,8 +1894,7 @@ all.
1894This function sets the access and modification times of @var{filename} 1894This function sets the access and modification times of @var{filename}
1895to @var{time}. The return value is @code{t} if the times are successfully 1895to @var{time}. The return value is @code{t} if the times are successfully
1896set, otherwise it is @code{nil}. @var{time} defaults to the current 1896set, otherwise it is @code{nil}. @var{time} defaults to the current
1897time and must be in the format returned by @code{current-time} 1897time and must be a time value (@pxref{Time of Day}).
1898(@pxref{Time of Day}).
1899@end defun 1898@end defun
1900 1899
1901@defun set-file-extended-attributes filename attribute-alist 1900@defun set-file-extended-attributes filename attribute-alist
diff --git a/doc/lispref/frames.texi b/doc/lispref/frames.texi
index 43fdd8f9d54..2f9bb398865 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/frames.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/frames.texi
@@ -1391,20 +1391,20 @@ text terminals.
1391frame. @code{title} and @code{name} are meaningful on all terminals. 1391frame. @code{title} and @code{name} are meaningful on all terminals.
1392 1392
1393@table @code 1393@table @code
1394@vindex display, a frame parameter 1394@vindex display@r{, a frame parameter}
1395@item display 1395@item display
1396The display on which to open this frame. It should be a string of the 1396The display on which to open this frame. It should be a string of the
1397form @samp{@var{host}:@var{dpy}.@var{screen}}, just like the 1397form @samp{@var{host}:@var{dpy}.@var{screen}}, just like the
1398@env{DISPLAY} environment variable. @xref{Multiple Terminals}, for 1398@env{DISPLAY} environment variable. @xref{Multiple Terminals}, for
1399more details about display names. 1399more details about display names.
1400 1400
1401@vindex display-type, a frame parameter 1401@vindex display-type@r{, a frame parameter}
1402@item display-type 1402@item display-type
1403This parameter describes the range of possible colors that can be used 1403This parameter describes the range of possible colors that can be used
1404in this frame. Its value is @code{color}, @code{grayscale} or 1404in this frame. Its value is @code{color}, @code{grayscale} or
1405@code{mono}. 1405@code{mono}.
1406 1406
1407@vindex title, a frame parameter 1407@vindex title@r{, a frame parameter}
1408@item title 1408@item title
1409If a frame has a non-@code{nil} title, it appears in the window 1409If a frame has a non-@code{nil} title, it appears in the window
1410system's title bar at the top of the frame, and also in the mode line 1410system's title bar at the top of the frame, and also in the mode line
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ of windows in that frame if @code{mode-line-frame-identification} uses
1413Emacs is not using a window system, and can only display one frame at 1413Emacs is not using a window system, and can only display one frame at
1414a time. @xref{Frame Titles}. 1414a time. @xref{Frame Titles}.
1415 1415
1416@vindex name, a frame parameter 1416@vindex name@r{, a frame parameter}
1417@item name 1417@item name
1418The name of the frame. The frame name serves as a default for the frame 1418The name of the frame. The frame name serves as a default for the frame
1419title, if the @code{title} parameter is unspecified or @code{nil}. If 1419title, if the @code{title} parameter is unspecified or @code{nil}. If
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ If you specify the frame name explicitly when you create the frame, the
1424name is also used (instead of the name of the Emacs executable) when 1424name is also used (instead of the name of the Emacs executable) when
1425looking up X resources for the frame. 1425looking up X resources for the frame.
1426 1426
1427@vindex explicit-name, a frame parameter 1427@vindex explicit-name@r{, a frame parameter}
1428@item explicit-name 1428@item explicit-name
1429If the frame name was specified explicitly when the frame was created, 1429If the frame name was specified explicitly when the frame was created,
1430this parameter will be that name. If the frame wasn't explicitly 1430this parameter will be that name. If the frame wasn't explicitly
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ frame's parent frame. (Note that none of these parameters is meaningful
1446on TTY frames.) 1446on TTY frames.)
1447 1447
1448@table @code 1448@table @code
1449@vindex left, a frame parameter 1449@vindex left@r{, a frame parameter}
1450@item left 1450@item left
1451The position, in pixels, of the left outer edge of the frame with 1451The position, in pixels, of the left outer edge of the frame with
1452respect to the left edge of the frame's display or parent frame. It can 1452respect to the left edge of the frame's display or parent frame. It can
@@ -1521,13 +1521,13 @@ of the display, workarea or parent frame edge. They are also returned
1521as such by functions like @code{frame-parameters} and restored as such 1521as such by functions like @code{frame-parameters} and restored as such
1522by the desktop saving routines. 1522by the desktop saving routines.
1523 1523
1524@vindex top, a frame parameter 1524@vindex top@r{, a frame parameter}
1525@item top 1525@item top
1526The screen position of the top (or bottom) edge, in pixels, with respect 1526The screen position of the top (or bottom) edge, in pixels, with respect
1527to the top (or bottom) edge of the display or parent frame. It works 1527to the top (or bottom) edge of the display or parent frame. It works
1528just like @code{left}, except vertically instead of horizontally. 1528just like @code{left}, except vertically instead of horizontally.
1529 1529
1530@vindex icon-left, a frame parameter 1530@vindex icon-left@r{, a frame parameter}
1531@item icon-left 1531@item icon-left
1532The screen position of the left edge of the frame's icon, in pixels, 1532The screen position of the left edge of the frame's icon, in pixels,
1533counting from the left edge of the screen. This takes effect when the 1533counting from the left edge of the screen. This takes effect when the
@@ -1535,13 +1535,13 @@ frame is iconified, if the window manager supports this feature. If
1535you specify a value for this parameter, then you must also specify a 1535you specify a value for this parameter, then you must also specify a
1536value for @code{icon-top} and vice versa. 1536value for @code{icon-top} and vice versa.
1537 1537
1538@vindex icon-top, a frame parameter 1538@vindex icon-top@r{, a frame parameter}
1539@item icon-top 1539@item icon-top
1540The screen position of the top edge of the frame's icon, in pixels, 1540The screen position of the top edge of the frame's icon, in pixels,
1541counting from the top edge of the screen. This takes effect when the 1541counting from the top edge of the screen. This takes effect when the
1542frame is iconified, if the window manager supports this feature. 1542frame is iconified, if the window manager supports this feature.
1543 1543
1544@vindex user-position, a frame parameter 1544@vindex user-position@r{, a frame parameter}
1545@item user-position 1545@item user-position
1546When you create a frame and specify its screen position with the 1546When you create a frame and specify its screen position with the
1547@code{left} and @code{top} parameters, use this parameter to say whether 1547@code{left} and @code{top} parameters, use this parameter to say whether
@@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ value for this parameter if the values of the @code{left} and @code{top}
1562parameters represent the user's stated preference; otherwise, use 1562parameters represent the user's stated preference; otherwise, use
1563@code{nil}. 1563@code{nil}.
1564 1564
1565@vindex z-group, a frame parameter 1565@vindex z-group@r{, a frame parameter}
1566@item z-group 1566@item z-group
1567This parameter specifies a relative position of the frame's 1567This parameter specifies a relative position of the frame's
1568window-system window in the stacking (Z-) order of the frame's display. 1568window-system window in the stacking (Z-) order of the frame's display.
@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@ graphical displays, the @code{default} face determines the actual pixel
1589sizes of these character units (@pxref{Face Attributes}). 1589sizes of these character units (@pxref{Face Attributes}).
1590 1590
1591@table @code 1591@table @code
1592@vindex width, a frame parameter 1592@vindex width@r{, a frame parameter}
1593@item width 1593@item width
1594This parameter specifies the width of the frame. It can be specified as 1594This parameter specifies the width of the frame. It can be specified as
1595in the following ways: 1595in the following ways:
@@ -1635,19 +1635,19 @@ width of the frame's text area in characters as an integer rounded, if
1635necessary, to a multiple of the frame's default character width. That 1635necessary, to a multiple of the frame's default character width. That
1636value is also used by the desktop saving routines. 1636value is also used by the desktop saving routines.
1637 1637
1638@vindex height, a frame parameter 1638@vindex height@r{, a frame parameter}
1639@item height 1639@item height
1640This parameter specifies the height of the frame. It works just like 1640This parameter specifies the height of the frame. It works just like
1641@code{width}, except vertically instead of horizontally. 1641@code{width}, except vertically instead of horizontally.
1642 1642
1643@vindex user-size, a frame parameter 1643@vindex user-size@r{, a frame parameter}
1644@item user-size 1644@item user-size
1645This does for the size parameters @code{height} and @code{width} what 1645This does for the size parameters @code{height} and @code{width} what
1646the @code{user-position} parameter (@pxref{Position Parameters, 1646the @code{user-position} parameter (@pxref{Position Parameters,
1647user-position}) does for the position parameters @code{top} and 1647user-position}) does for the position parameters @code{top} and
1648@code{left}. 1648@code{left}.
1649 1649
1650@vindex min-width, a frame parameter 1650@vindex min-width@r{, a frame parameter}
1651@item min-width 1651@item min-width
1652This parameter specifies the minimum native width (@pxref{Frame 1652This parameter specifies the minimum native width (@pxref{Frame
1653Geometry}) of the frame, in characters. Normally, the functions that 1653Geometry}) of the frame, in characters. Normally, the functions that
@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ non-@code{nil} allows to make a frame narrower than that with the
1658consequence that any components that do not fit will be clipped by the 1658consequence that any components that do not fit will be clipped by the
1659window manager. 1659window manager.
1660 1660
1661@vindex min-height, a frame parameter 1661@vindex min-height@r{, a frame parameter}
1662@item min-height 1662@item min-height
1663This parameter specifies the minimum native height (@pxref{Frame 1663This parameter specifies the minimum native height (@pxref{Frame
1664Geometry}) of the frame, in characters. Normally, the functions that 1664Geometry}) of the frame, in characters. Normally, the functions that
@@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ fit will be clipped by the window manager.
1673@cindex fullheight frames 1673@cindex fullheight frames
1674@cindex fullwidth frames 1674@cindex fullwidth frames
1675@cindex maximized frames 1675@cindex maximized frames
1676@vindex fullscreen, a frame parameter 1676@vindex fullscreen@r{, a frame parameter}
1677@item fullscreen 1677@item fullscreen
1678This parameter specifies whether to maximize the frame's width, height 1678This parameter specifies whether to maximize the frame's width, height
1679or both. Its value can be @code{fullwidth}, @code{fullheight}, 1679or both. Its value can be @code{fullwidth}, @code{fullheight},
@@ -1704,7 +1704,7 @@ Full-screen on macOS hides both the tool-bar and the menu-bar, however
1704both will be displayed if the mouse pointer is moved to the top of the 1704both will be displayed if the mouse pointer is moved to the top of the
1705screen. 1705screen.
1706 1706
1707@vindex fullscreen-restore, a frame parameter 1707@vindex fullscreen-restore@r{, a frame parameter}
1708@item fullscreen-restore 1708@item fullscreen-restore
1709This parameter specifies the desired fullscreen state of the frame 1709This parameter specifies the desired fullscreen state of the frame
1710after invoking the @code{toggle-frame-fullscreen} command (@pxref{Frame 1710after invoking the @code{toggle-frame-fullscreen} command (@pxref{Frame
@@ -1723,14 +1723,14 @@ file as, for example
1723This will give a new frame full height after typing in it @key{F11} for 1723This will give a new frame full height after typing in it @key{F11} for
1724the first time. 1724the first time.
1725 1725
1726@vindex fit-frame-to-buffer-margins, a frame parameter 1726@vindex fit-frame-to-buffer-margins@r{, a frame parameter}
1727@item fit-frame-to-buffer-margins 1727@item fit-frame-to-buffer-margins
1728This parameter allows to override the value of the option 1728This parameter allows to override the value of the option
1729@code{fit-frame-to-buffer-margins} when fitting this frame to the buffer 1729@code{fit-frame-to-buffer-margins} when fitting this frame to the buffer
1730of its root window with @code{fit-frame-to-buffer} (@pxref{Resizing 1730of its root window with @code{fit-frame-to-buffer} (@pxref{Resizing
1731Windows}). 1731Windows}).
1732 1732
1733@vindex fit-frame-to-buffer-sizes, a frame parameter 1733@vindex fit-frame-to-buffer-sizes@r{, a frame parameter}
1734@item fit-frame-to-buffer-sizes 1734@item fit-frame-to-buffer-sizes
1735This parameter allows to override the value of the option 1735This parameter allows to override the value of the option
1736@code{fit-frame-to-buffer-sizes} when fitting this frame to the buffer 1736@code{fit-frame-to-buffer-sizes} when fitting this frame to the buffer
@@ -1748,38 +1748,38 @@ Windows}).
1748frame, or control their sizes. 1748frame, or control their sizes.
1749 1749
1750@table @code 1750@table @code
1751@vindex border-width, a frame parameter 1751@vindex border-width@r{, a frame parameter}
1752@item border-width 1752@item border-width
1753The width in pixels of the frame's outer border (@pxref{Frame Geometry}). 1753The width in pixels of the frame's outer border (@pxref{Frame Geometry}).
1754 1754
1755@vindex internal-border-width, a frame parameter 1755@vindex internal-border-width@r{, a frame parameter}
1756@item internal-border-width 1756@item internal-border-width
1757The width in pixels of the frame's internal border (@pxref{Frame 1757The width in pixels of the frame's internal border (@pxref{Frame
1758Geometry}). 1758Geometry}).
1759 1759
1760@vindex vertical-scroll-bars, a frame parameter 1760@vindex vertical-scroll-bars@r{, a frame parameter}
1761@item vertical-scroll-bars 1761@item vertical-scroll-bars
1762Whether the frame has scroll bars (@pxref{Scroll Bars}) for vertical 1762Whether the frame has scroll bars (@pxref{Scroll Bars}) for vertical
1763scrolling, and which side of the frame they should be on. The possible 1763scrolling, and which side of the frame they should be on. The possible
1764values are @code{left}, @code{right}, and @code{nil} for no scroll bars. 1764values are @code{left}, @code{right}, and @code{nil} for no scroll bars.
1765 1765
1766@vindex horizontal-scroll-bars, a frame parameter 1766@vindex horizontal-scroll-bars@r{, a frame parameter}
1767@item horizontal-scroll-bars 1767@item horizontal-scroll-bars
1768Whether the frame has scroll bars for horizontal scrolling (@code{t} and 1768Whether the frame has scroll bars for horizontal scrolling (@code{t} and
1769@code{bottom} mean yes, @code{nil} means no). 1769@code{bottom} mean yes, @code{nil} means no).
1770 1770
1771@vindex scroll-bar-width, a frame parameter 1771@vindex scroll-bar-width@r{, a frame parameter}
1772@item scroll-bar-width 1772@item scroll-bar-width
1773The width of vertical scroll bars, in pixels, or @code{nil} meaning to 1773The width of vertical scroll bars, in pixels, or @code{nil} meaning to
1774use the default width. 1774use the default width.
1775 1775
1776@vindex scroll-bar-height, a frame parameter 1776@vindex scroll-bar-height@r{, a frame parameter}
1777@item scroll-bar-height 1777@item scroll-bar-height
1778The height of horizontal scroll bars, in pixels, or @code{nil} meaning 1778The height of horizontal scroll bars, in pixels, or @code{nil} meaning
1779to use the default height. 1779to use the default height.
1780 1780
1781@vindex left-fringe, a frame parameter 1781@vindex left-fringe@r{, a frame parameter}
1782@vindex right-fringe, a frame parameter 1782@vindex right-fringe@r{, a frame parameter}
1783@item left-fringe 1783@item left-fringe
1784@itemx right-fringe 1784@itemx right-fringe
1785The default width of the left and right fringes of windows in this 1785The default width of the left and right fringes of windows in this
@@ -1791,19 +1791,19 @@ these two frame parameters, the return value is always an integer.
1791When using @code{set-frame-parameter}, passing a @code{nil} value 1791When using @code{set-frame-parameter}, passing a @code{nil} value
1792imposes an actual default value of 8 pixels. 1792imposes an actual default value of 8 pixels.
1793 1793
1794@vindex right-divider-width, a frame parameter 1794@vindex right-divider-width@r{, a frame parameter}
1795@item right-divider-width 1795@item right-divider-width
1796The width (thickness) reserved for the right divider (@pxref{Window 1796The width (thickness) reserved for the right divider (@pxref{Window
1797Dividers}) of any window on the frame, in pixels. A value of zero means 1797Dividers}) of any window on the frame, in pixels. A value of zero means
1798to not draw right dividers. 1798to not draw right dividers.
1799 1799
1800@vindex bottom-divider-width, a frame parameter 1800@vindex bottom-divider-width@r{, a frame parameter}
1801@item bottom-divider-width 1801@item bottom-divider-width
1802The width (thickness) reserved for the bottom divider (@pxref{Window 1802The width (thickness) reserved for the bottom divider (@pxref{Window
1803Dividers}) of any window on the frame, in pixels. A value of zero means 1803Dividers}) of any window on the frame, in pixels. A value of zero means
1804to not draw bottom dividers. 1804to not draw bottom dividers.
1805 1805
1806@vindex menu-bar-lines frame parameter 1806@vindex menu-bar-lines@r{, a frame parameter}
1807@item menu-bar-lines 1807@item menu-bar-lines
1808The number of lines to allocate at the top of the frame for a menu bar 1808The number of lines to allocate at the top of the frame for a menu bar
1809(@pxref{Menu Bar}). The default is one if Menu Bar mode is enabled and 1809(@pxref{Menu Bar}). The default is one if Menu Bar mode is enabled and
@@ -1814,25 +1814,25 @@ even when the menu bar wraps to two or more lines. In that case, the
1814(@pxref{Frame Geometry}) allows to derive whether the menu bar actually 1814(@pxref{Frame Geometry}) allows to derive whether the menu bar actually
1815occupies one or more lines. 1815occupies one or more lines.
1816 1816
1817@vindex tool-bar-lines frame parameter 1817@vindex tool-bar-lines@r{, a frame parameter}
1818@item tool-bar-lines 1818@item tool-bar-lines
1819The number of lines to use for the tool bar (@pxref{Tool Bar}). The 1819The number of lines to use for the tool bar (@pxref{Tool Bar}). The
1820default is one if Tool Bar mode is enabled and zero otherwise. 1820default is one if Tool Bar mode is enabled and zero otherwise.
1821@xref{Tool Bars,,,emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. This value may change 1821@xref{Tool Bars,,,emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. This value may change
1822whenever the tool bar wraps (@pxref{Frame Layout}). 1822whenever the tool bar wraps (@pxref{Frame Layout}).
1823 1823
1824@vindex tool-bar-position frame parameter 1824@vindex tool-bar-position@r{, a frame parameter}
1825@item tool-bar-position 1825@item tool-bar-position
1826The position of the tool bar when Emacs was built with GTK+. Its value 1826The position of the tool bar when Emacs was built with GTK+. Its value
1827can be one of @code{top}, @code{bottom} @code{left}, @code{right}. The 1827can be one of @code{top}, @code{bottom} @code{left}, @code{right}. The
1828default is @code{top}. 1828default is @code{top}.
1829 1829
1830@vindex line-spacing, a frame parameter 1830@vindex line-spacing@r{, a frame parameter}
1831@item line-spacing 1831@item line-spacing
1832Additional space to leave below each text line, in pixels (a positive 1832Additional space to leave below each text line, in pixels (a positive
1833integer). @xref{Line Height}, for more information. 1833integer). @xref{Line Height}, for more information.
1834 1834
1835@vindex no-special-glyphs, a frame parameter 1835@vindex no-special-glyphs@r{, a frame parameter}
1836@item no-special-glyphs 1836@item no-special-glyphs
1837If this is non-@code{nil}, it suppresses the display of any truncation 1837If this is non-@code{nil}, it suppresses the display of any truncation
1838and continuation glyphs (@pxref{Truncation}) for all buffers displayed 1838and continuation glyphs (@pxref{Truncation}) for all buffers displayed
@@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ Windows}).
1851with which buffers have been, or should, be displayed in the frame. 1851with which buffers have been, or should, be displayed in the frame.
1852 1852
1853@table @code 1853@table @code
1854@vindex minibuffer, a frame parameter 1854@vindex minibuffer@r{, a frame parameter}
1855@item minibuffer 1855@item minibuffer
1856Whether this frame has its own minibuffer. The value @code{t} means 1856Whether this frame has its own minibuffer. The value @code{t} means
1857yes, @code{nil} means no, @code{only} means this frame is just a 1857yes, @code{nil} means no, @code{only} means this frame is just a
@@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@ minibuffer window to @code{t} and vice-versa, or from @code{t} to
1867@code{nil}. If the parameter specifies a minibuffer window already, 1867@code{nil}. If the parameter specifies a minibuffer window already,
1868setting it to @code{nil} has no effect. 1868setting it to @code{nil} has no effect.
1869 1869
1870@vindex buffer-predicate, a frame parameter 1870@vindex buffer-predicate@r{, a frame parameter}
1871@item buffer-predicate 1871@item buffer-predicate
1872The buffer-predicate function for this frame. The function 1872The buffer-predicate function for this frame. The function
1873@code{other-buffer} uses this predicate (from the selected frame) to 1873@code{other-buffer} uses this predicate (from the selected frame) to
@@ -1876,12 +1876,12 @@ decide which buffers it should consider, if the predicate is not
1876each buffer; if the predicate returns a non-@code{nil} value, it 1876each buffer; if the predicate returns a non-@code{nil} value, it
1877considers that buffer. 1877considers that buffer.
1878 1878
1879@vindex buffer-list, a frame parameter 1879@vindex buffer-list@r{, a frame parameter}
1880@item buffer-list 1880@item buffer-list
1881A list of buffers that have been selected in this frame, ordered 1881A list of buffers that have been selected in this frame, ordered
1882most-recently-selected first. 1882most-recently-selected first.
1883 1883
1884@vindex unsplittable, a frame parameter 1884@vindex unsplittable@r{, a frame parameter}
1885@item unsplittable 1885@item unsplittable
1886If non-@code{nil}, this frame's window is never split automatically. 1886If non-@code{nil}, this frame's window is never split automatically.
1887@end table 1887@end table
@@ -1895,40 +1895,40 @@ If non-@code{nil}, this frame's window is never split automatically.
1895These parameters supply forms of interactions between different frames. 1895These parameters supply forms of interactions between different frames.
1896 1896
1897@table @code 1897@table @code
1898@vindex parent-frame, a frame parameter 1898@vindex parent-frame@r{, a frame parameter}
1899@item parent-frame 1899@item parent-frame
1900If non-@code{nil}, this means that this frame is a child frame 1900If non-@code{nil}, this means that this frame is a child frame
1901(@pxref{Child Frames}), and this parameter specifies its parent frame. 1901(@pxref{Child Frames}), and this parameter specifies its parent frame.
1902If @code{nil}, this means that this frame is a normal, top-level frame. 1902If @code{nil}, this means that this frame is a normal, top-level frame.
1903 1903
1904@vindex delete-before, a frame parameter 1904@vindex delete-before@r{, a frame parameter}
1905@item delete-before 1905@item delete-before
1906If non-@code{nil}, this parameter specifies another frame whose deletion 1906If non-@code{nil}, this parameter specifies another frame whose deletion
1907will automatically trigger the deletion of this frame. @xref{Deleting 1907will automatically trigger the deletion of this frame. @xref{Deleting
1908Frames}. 1908Frames}.
1909 1909
1910@vindex mouse-wheel-frame, a frame parameter 1910@vindex mouse-wheel-frame@r{, a frame parameter}
1911@item mouse-wheel-frame 1911@item mouse-wheel-frame
1912If non-@code{nil}, this parameter specifies the frame whose windows will 1912If non-@code{nil}, this parameter specifies the frame whose windows will
1913be scrolled whenever the mouse wheel is scrolled with the mouse pointer 1913be scrolled whenever the mouse wheel is scrolled with the mouse pointer
1914hovering over this frame, see @ref{Mouse Commands,,, emacs, The GNU 1914hovering over this frame, see @ref{Mouse Commands,,, emacs, The GNU
1915Emacs Manual}. 1915Emacs Manual}.
1916 1916
1917@vindex no-other-frame, a frame parameter 1917@vindex no-other-frame@r{, a frame parameter}
1918@item no-other-frame 1918@item no-other-frame
1919If this is non-@code{nil}, then this frame is not eligible as candidate 1919If this is non-@code{nil}, then this frame is not eligible as candidate
1920for the functions @code{next-frame}, @code{previous-frame} 1920for the functions @code{next-frame}, @code{previous-frame}
1921(@pxref{Finding All Frames}) and @code{other-frame}, see @ref{Frame 1921(@pxref{Finding All Frames}) and @code{other-frame}, see @ref{Frame
1922Commands,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. 1922Commands,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
1923 1923
1924@vindex auto-hide-function, a frame parameter 1924@vindex auto-hide-function@r{, a frame parameter}
1925@item auto-hide-function 1925@item auto-hide-function
1926When this parameter specifies a function, that function will be called 1926When this parameter specifies a function, that function will be called
1927instead of the function specified by the variable 1927instead of the function specified by the variable
1928@code{frame-auto-hide-function} when quitting the frame's only window 1928@code{frame-auto-hide-function} when quitting the frame's only window
1929(@pxref{Quitting Windows}) and there are other frames left. 1929(@pxref{Quitting Windows}) and there are other frames left.
1930 1930
1931@vindex minibuffer-exit, a frame parameter 1931@vindex minibuffer-exit@r{, a frame parameter}
1932@item minibuffer-exit 1932@item minibuffer-exit
1933When this parameter is non-@code{nil}, Emacs will by default make this 1933When this parameter is non-@code{nil}, Emacs will by default make this
1934frame invisible whenever the minibuffer (@pxref{Minibuffers}) is exited. 1934frame invisible whenever the minibuffer (@pxref{Minibuffers}) is exited.
@@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ Alternatively, it can specify the functions @code{iconify-frame} and
1937disappear automatically (similar to how Emacs deals with a window) when 1937disappear automatically (similar to how Emacs deals with a window) when
1938exiting the minibuffer. 1938exiting the minibuffer.
1939 1939
1940@vindex keep-ratio, a frame parameter 1940@vindex keep-ratio@r{, a frame parameter}
1941@item keep-ratio 1941@item keep-ratio
1942This parameter is currently meaningful for child frames (@pxref{Child 1942This parameter is currently meaningful for child frames (@pxref{Child
1943Frames}) only. If it is non-@code{nil}, then Emacs will try to keep the 1943Frames}) only. If it is non-@code{nil}, then Emacs will try to keep the
@@ -1977,29 +1977,29 @@ Frames}) that come without window manager decorations. If necessary,
1977they can be used for undecorated top-level frames as well. 1977they can be used for undecorated top-level frames as well.
1978 1978
1979@table @code 1979@table @code
1980@vindex drag-internal-border, a frame parameter 1980@vindex drag-internal-border@r{, a frame parameter}
1981@item drag-internal-border 1981@item drag-internal-border
1982If non-@code{nil}, the frame can be resized by dragging its internal 1982If non-@code{nil}, the frame can be resized by dragging its internal
1983borders, if present, with the mouse. 1983borders, if present, with the mouse.
1984 1984
1985@vindex drag-with-header-line, a frame parameter 1985@vindex drag-with-header-line@r{, a frame parameter}
1986@item drag-with-header-line 1986@item drag-with-header-line
1987If non-@code{nil}, the frame can be moved with the mouse by dragging the 1987If non-@code{nil}, the frame can be moved with the mouse by dragging the
1988header line of its topmost window. 1988header line of its topmost window.
1989 1989
1990@vindex drag-with-mode-line, a frame parameter 1990@vindex drag-with-mode-line@r{, a frame parameter}
1991@item drag-with-mode-line 1991@item drag-with-mode-line
1992If non-@code{nil}, the frame can be moved with the mouse by dragging the 1992If non-@code{nil}, the frame can be moved with the mouse by dragging the
1993mode line of its bottommost window. Note that such a frame is not 1993mode line of its bottommost window. Note that such a frame is not
1994allowed to have its own minibuffer window. 1994allowed to have its own minibuffer window.
1995 1995
1996@vindex snap-width, a frame parameter 1996@vindex snap-width@r{, a frame parameter}
1997@item snap-width 1997@item snap-width
1998A frame that is moved with the mouse will ``snap'' at the border(s) of 1998A frame that is moved with the mouse will ``snap'' at the border(s) of
1999the display or its parent frame whenever it is dragged as near to such 1999the display or its parent frame whenever it is dragged as near to such
2000an edge as the number of pixels specified by this parameter. 2000an edge as the number of pixels specified by this parameter.
2001 2001
2002@vindex top-visible, a frame parameter 2002@vindex top-visible@r{, a frame parameter}
2003@item top-visible 2003@item top-visible
2004If this parameter is a number, the top edge of the frame never appears 2004If this parameter is a number, the top edge of the frame never appears
2005above the top edge of its display or parent frame. Moreover, as many 2005above the top edge of its display or parent frame. Moreover, as many
@@ -2010,7 +2010,7 @@ dragging a child frame with a non-@code{nil}
2010@code{drag-with-header-line} parameter completely out of the area 2010@code{drag-with-header-line} parameter completely out of the area
2011of its parent frame. 2011of its parent frame.
2012 2012
2013@vindex bottom-visible, a frame parameter 2013@vindex bottom-visible@r{, a frame parameter}
2014@item bottom-visible 2014@item bottom-visible
2015If this parameter is a number, the bottom edge of the frame never 2015If this parameter is a number, the bottom edge of the frame never
2016appears below the bottom edge of its display or parent frame. Moreover, 2016appears below the bottom edge of its display or parent frame. Moreover,
@@ -2032,66 +2032,66 @@ interaction with the window manager or window system. They have no
2032effect on text terminals. 2032effect on text terminals.
2033 2033
2034@table @code 2034@table @code
2035@vindex visibility, a frame parameter 2035@vindex visibility@r{, a frame parameter}
2036@item visibility 2036@item visibility
2037The state of visibility of the frame. There are three possibilities: 2037The state of visibility of the frame. There are three possibilities:
2038@code{nil} for invisible, @code{t} for visible, and @code{icon} for 2038@code{nil} for invisible, @code{t} for visible, and @code{icon} for
2039iconified. @xref{Visibility of Frames}. 2039iconified. @xref{Visibility of Frames}.
2040 2040
2041@vindex auto-raise, a frame parameter 2041@vindex auto-raise@r{, a frame parameter}
2042@item auto-raise 2042@item auto-raise
2043If non-@code{nil}, Emacs automatically raises the frame when it is 2043If non-@code{nil}, Emacs automatically raises the frame when it is
2044selected. Some window managers do not allow this. 2044selected. Some window managers do not allow this.
2045 2045
2046@vindex auto-lower, a frame parameter 2046@vindex auto-lower@r{, a frame parameter}
2047@item auto-lower 2047@item auto-lower
2048If non-@code{nil}, Emacs automatically lowers the frame when it is 2048If non-@code{nil}, Emacs automatically lowers the frame when it is
2049deselected. Some window managers do not allow this. 2049deselected. Some window managers do not allow this.
2050 2050
2051@vindex icon-type, a frame parameter 2051@vindex icon-type@r{, a frame parameter}
2052@item icon-type 2052@item icon-type
2053The type of icon to use for this frame. If the value is a string, 2053The type of icon to use for this frame. If the value is a string,
2054that specifies a file containing a bitmap to use; @code{nil} specifies 2054that specifies a file containing a bitmap to use; @code{nil} specifies
2055no icon (in which case the window manager decides what to show); any 2055no icon (in which case the window manager decides what to show); any
2056other non-@code{nil} value specifies the default Emacs icon. 2056other non-@code{nil} value specifies the default Emacs icon.
2057 2057
2058@vindex icon-name, a frame parameter 2058@vindex icon-name@r{, a frame parameter}
2059@item icon-name 2059@item icon-name
2060The name to use in the icon for this frame, when and if the icon 2060The name to use in the icon for this frame, when and if the icon
2061appears. If this is @code{nil}, the frame's title is used. 2061appears. If this is @code{nil}, the frame's title is used.
2062 2062
2063@vindex window-id, a frame parameter 2063@vindex window-id@r{, a frame parameter}
2064@item window-id 2064@item window-id
2065The ID number which the graphical display uses for this frame. Emacs 2065The ID number which the graphical display uses for this frame. Emacs
2066assigns this parameter when the frame is created; changing the 2066assigns this parameter when the frame is created; changing the
2067parameter has no effect on the actual ID number. 2067parameter has no effect on the actual ID number.
2068 2068
2069@vindex outer-window-id, a frame parameter 2069@vindex outer-window-id@r{, a frame parameter}
2070@item outer-window-id 2070@item outer-window-id
2071The ID number of the outermost window-system window in which the frame 2071The ID number of the outermost window-system window in which the frame
2072exists. As with @code{window-id}, changing this parameter has no 2072exists. As with @code{window-id}, changing this parameter has no
2073actual effect. 2073actual effect.
2074 2074
2075@vindex wait-for-wm, a frame parameter 2075@vindex wait-for-wm@r{, a frame parameter}
2076@item wait-for-wm 2076@item wait-for-wm
2077If non-@code{nil}, tell Xt to wait for the window manager to confirm 2077If non-@code{nil}, tell Xt to wait for the window manager to confirm
2078geometry changes. Some window managers, including versions of Fvwm2 2078geometry changes. Some window managers, including versions of Fvwm2
2079and KDE, fail to confirm, so Xt hangs. Set this to @code{nil} to 2079and KDE, fail to confirm, so Xt hangs. Set this to @code{nil} to
2080prevent hanging with those window managers. 2080prevent hanging with those window managers.
2081 2081
2082@vindex sticky, a frame parameter 2082@vindex sticky@r{, a frame parameter}
2083@item sticky 2083@item sticky
2084If non-@code{nil}, the frame is visible on all virtual desktops on systems 2084If non-@code{nil}, the frame is visible on all virtual desktops on systems
2085with virtual desktops. 2085with virtual desktops.
2086 2086
2087@vindex inhibit-double-buffering, a frame parameter 2087@vindex inhibit-double-buffering@r{, a frame parameter}
2088@item inhibit-double-buffering 2088@item inhibit-double-buffering
2089If non-@code{nil}, the frame is drawn to the screen without double 2089If non-@code{nil}, the frame is drawn to the screen without double
2090buffering. Emacs normally attempts to use double buffering, where 2090buffering. Emacs normally attempts to use double buffering, where
2091available, to reduce flicker. Set this property if you experience 2091available, to reduce flicker. Set this property if you experience
2092display bugs or pine for that retro, flicker-y feeling. 2092display bugs or pine for that retro, flicker-y feeling.
2093 2093
2094@vindex skip-taskbar, a frame parameter 2094@vindex skip-taskbar@r{, a frame parameter}
2095@item skip-taskbar 2095@item skip-taskbar
2096If non-@code{nil}, this tells the window manager to remove the frame's 2096If non-@code{nil}, this tells the window manager to remove the frame's
2097icon from the taskbar associated with the frame's display and inhibit 2097icon from the taskbar associated with the frame's display and inhibit
@@ -2100,13 +2100,13 @@ On MS-Windows, iconifying such a frame will "roll in" its window-system
2100window at the bottom of the desktop. Some window managers may not honor 2100window at the bottom of the desktop. Some window managers may not honor
2101this parameter. 2101this parameter.
2102 2102
2103@vindex no-focus-on-map, a frame parameter 2103@vindex no-focus-on-map@r{, a frame parameter}
2104@item no-focus-on-map 2104@item no-focus-on-map
2105If non-@code{nil}, this means that the frame does not want to receive 2105If non-@code{nil}, this means that the frame does not want to receive
2106input focus when it is mapped (@pxref{Visibility of Frames}). Some 2106input focus when it is mapped (@pxref{Visibility of Frames}). Some
2107window managers may not honor this parameter. 2107window managers may not honor this parameter.
2108 2108
2109@vindex no-accept-focus, a frame parameter 2109@vindex no-accept-focus@r{, a frame parameter}
2110@item no-accept-focus 2110@item no-accept-focus
2111If non-@code{nil}, this means that the frame does not want to receive 2111If non-@code{nil}, this means that the frame does not want to receive
2112input focus via explicit mouse clicks or when moving the mouse into it 2112input focus via explicit mouse clicks or when moving the mouse into it
@@ -2116,7 +2116,7 @@ This may have the unwanted side-effect that a user cannot scroll a
2116non-selected frame with the mouse. Some window managers may not honor 2116non-selected frame with the mouse. Some window managers may not honor
2117this parameter. 2117this parameter.
2118 2118
2119@vindex undecorated, a frame parameter 2119@vindex undecorated@r{, a frame parameter}
2120@item undecorated 2120@item undecorated
2121If non-@code{nil}, this frame's window-system window is drawn without 2121If non-@code{nil}, this frame's window-system window is drawn without
2122decorations, like the title, minimize/maximize boxes and external 2122decorations, like the title, minimize/maximize boxes and external
@@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ decorations. Some window managers may not honor these hints.
2131NS builds consider the tool bar to be a decoration, and therefore hide 2131NS builds consider the tool bar to be a decoration, and therefore hide
2132it on an undecorated frame. 2132it on an undecorated frame.
2133 2133
2134@vindex override-redirect, a frame parameter 2134@vindex override-redirect@r{, a frame parameter}
2135@item override-redirect 2135@item override-redirect
2136@cindex override redirect frames 2136@cindex override redirect frames
2137If non-@code{nil}, this means that this is an @dfn{override redirect} 2137If non-@code{nil}, this means that this is an @dfn{override redirect}
@@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ usually drawn on top of all other frames. Setting this parameter has
2142no effect on MS-Windows. 2142no effect on MS-Windows.
2143 2143
2144@ignore 2144@ignore
2145@vindex parent-id, a frame parameter 2145@vindex parent-id@r{, a frame parameter}
2146@item parent-id 2146@item parent-id
2147@c ??? Not yet working. 2147@c ??? Not yet working.
2148The X window number of the window that should be the parent of this one. 2148The X window number of the window that should be the parent of this one.
@@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@ application's window. (It is not certain this will be implemented; try
2151it and see if it works.) 2151it and see if it works.)
2152@end ignore 2152@end ignore
2153 2153
2154@vindex ns-appearance, a frame parameter 2154@vindex ns-appearance@r{, a frame parameter}
2155@item ns-appearance 2155@item ns-appearance
2156Only available on macOS, if set to @code{dark} draw this frame's 2156Only available on macOS, if set to @code{dark} draw this frame's
2157window-system window using the ``vibrant dark'' theme, otherwise use 2157window-system window using the ``vibrant dark'' theme, otherwise use
@@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ the system default. The ``vibrant dark'' theme can be used to set the
2159toolbar and scrollbars to a dark appearance when using an Emacs theme 2159toolbar and scrollbars to a dark appearance when using an Emacs theme
2160with a dark background. 2160with a dark background.
2161 2161
2162@vindex ns-transparent-titlebar, a frame parameter 2162@vindex ns-transparent-titlebar@r{, a frame parameter}
2163@item ns-transparent-titlebar 2163@item ns-transparent-titlebar
2164Only available on macOS, if non-@code{nil}, set the titlebar and 2164Only available on macOS, if non-@code{nil}, set the titlebar and
2165toolbar to be transparent. This effectively sets the background color 2165toolbar to be transparent. This effectively sets the background color
@@ -2174,7 +2174,7 @@ of both to match the Emacs background color.
2174 This frame parameter controls the way the cursor looks. 2174 This frame parameter controls the way the cursor looks.
2175 2175
2176@table @code 2176@table @code
2177@vindex cursor-type, a frame parameter 2177@vindex cursor-type@r{, a frame parameter}
2178@item cursor-type 2178@item cursor-type
2179How to display the cursor. Legitimate values are: 2179How to display the cursor. Legitimate values are:
2180 2180
@@ -2252,7 +2252,7 @@ variable do not take effect immediately, only when you specify the
2252 These frame parameters control the use of fonts and colors. 2252 These frame parameters control the use of fonts and colors.
2253 2253
2254@table @code 2254@table @code
2255@vindex font-backend, a frame parameter 2255@vindex font-backend@r{, a frame parameter}
2256@item font-backend 2256@item font-backend
2257A list of symbols, specifying the @dfn{font backends} to use for 2257A list of symbols, specifying the @dfn{font backends} to use for
2258drawing fonts in the frame, in order of priority. On X, there are 2258drawing fonts in the frame, in order of priority. On X, there are
@@ -2263,12 +2263,12 @@ currently two available font backends: @code{gdi} and
2263Manual}). On other systems, there is only one available font backend, 2263Manual}). On other systems, there is only one available font backend,
2264so it does not make sense to modify this frame parameter. 2264so it does not make sense to modify this frame parameter.
2265 2265
2266@vindex background-mode, a frame parameter 2266@vindex background-mode@r{, a frame parameter}
2267@item background-mode 2267@item background-mode
2268This parameter is either @code{dark} or @code{light}, according 2268This parameter is either @code{dark} or @code{light}, according
2269to whether the background color is a light one or a dark one. 2269to whether the background color is a light one or a dark one.
2270 2270
2271@vindex tty-color-mode, a frame parameter 2271@vindex tty-color-mode@r{, a frame parameter}
2272@item tty-color-mode 2272@item tty-color-mode
2273@cindex standard colors for character terminals 2273@cindex standard colors for character terminals
2274This parameter overrides the terminal's color support as given by the 2274This parameter overrides the terminal's color support as given by the
@@ -2277,14 +2277,14 @@ specifies the color mode to use on a text terminal. The value can be
2277either a symbol or a number. A number specifies the number of colors 2277either a symbol or a number. A number specifies the number of colors
2278to use (and, indirectly, what commands to issue to produce each 2278to use (and, indirectly, what commands to issue to produce each
2279color). For example, @code{(tty-color-mode . 8)} specifies use of the 2279color). For example, @code{(tty-color-mode . 8)} specifies use of the
2280ANSI escape sequences for 8 standard text colors. A value of -1 turns 2280ANSI escape sequences for 8 standard text colors. A value of @minus{}1 turns
2281off color support. 2281off color support.
2282 2282
2283If the parameter's value is a symbol, it specifies a number through 2283If the parameter's value is a symbol, it specifies a number through
2284the value of @code{tty-color-mode-alist}, and the associated number is 2284the value of @code{tty-color-mode-alist}, and the associated number is
2285used instead. 2285used instead.
2286 2286
2287@vindex screen-gamma, a frame parameter 2287@vindex screen-gamma@r{, a frame parameter}
2288@item screen-gamma 2288@item screen-gamma
2289@cindex gamma correction 2289@cindex gamma correction
2290If this is a number, Emacs performs gamma correction which adjusts 2290If this is a number, Emacs performs gamma correction which adjusts
@@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ If your monitor displays colors too light, you should specify a
2304that makes colors darker. A screen gamma value of 1.5 may give good 2304that makes colors darker. A screen gamma value of 1.5 may give good
2305results for LCD color displays. 2305results for LCD color displays.
2306 2306
2307@vindex alpha, a frame parameter 2307@vindex alpha@r{, a frame parameter}
2308@item alpha 2308@item alpha
2309@cindex opacity, frame 2309@cindex opacity, frame
2310@cindex transparency, frame 2310@cindex transparency, frame
@@ -2335,45 +2335,45 @@ automatically equivalent to particular face attributes of particular
2335faces (@pxref{Standard Faces,,, emacs, The Emacs Manual}): 2335faces (@pxref{Standard Faces,,, emacs, The Emacs Manual}):
2336 2336
2337@table @code 2337@table @code
2338@vindex font, a frame parameter 2338@vindex font@r{, a frame parameter}
2339@item font 2339@item font
2340The name of the font for displaying text in the frame. This is a 2340The name of the font for displaying text in the frame. This is a
2341string, either a valid font name for your system or the name of an Emacs 2341string, either a valid font name for your system or the name of an Emacs
2342fontset (@pxref{Fontsets}). It is equivalent to the @code{font} 2342fontset (@pxref{Fontsets}). It is equivalent to the @code{font}
2343attribute of the @code{default} face. 2343attribute of the @code{default} face.
2344 2344
2345@vindex foreground-color, a frame parameter 2345@vindex foreground-color@r{, a frame parameter}
2346@item foreground-color 2346@item foreground-color
2347The color to use for the image of a character. It is equivalent to 2347The color to use for the image of a character. It is equivalent to
2348the @code{:foreground} attribute of the @code{default} face. 2348the @code{:foreground} attribute of the @code{default} face.
2349 2349
2350@vindex background-color, a frame parameter 2350@vindex background-color@r{, a frame parameter}
2351@item background-color 2351@item background-color
2352The color to use for the background of characters. It is equivalent to 2352The color to use for the background of characters. It is equivalent to
2353the @code{:background} attribute of the @code{default} face. 2353the @code{:background} attribute of the @code{default} face.
2354 2354
2355@vindex mouse-color, a frame parameter 2355@vindex mouse-color@r{, a frame parameter}
2356@item mouse-color 2356@item mouse-color
2357The color for the mouse pointer. It is equivalent to the @code{:background} 2357The color for the mouse pointer. It is equivalent to the @code{:background}
2358attribute of the @code{mouse} face. 2358attribute of the @code{mouse} face.
2359 2359
2360@vindex cursor-color, a frame parameter 2360@vindex cursor-color@r{, a frame parameter}
2361@item cursor-color 2361@item cursor-color
2362The color for the cursor that shows point. It is equivalent to the 2362The color for the cursor that shows point. It is equivalent to the
2363@code{:background} attribute of the @code{cursor} face. 2363@code{:background} attribute of the @code{cursor} face.
2364 2364
2365@vindex border-color, a frame parameter 2365@vindex border-color@r{, a frame parameter}
2366@item border-color 2366@item border-color
2367The color for the border of the frame. It is equivalent to the 2367The color for the border of the frame. It is equivalent to the
2368@code{:background} attribute of the @code{border} face. 2368@code{:background} attribute of the @code{border} face.
2369 2369
2370@vindex scroll-bar-foreground, a frame parameter 2370@vindex scroll-bar-foreground@r{, a frame parameter}
2371@item scroll-bar-foreground 2371@item scroll-bar-foreground
2372If non-@code{nil}, the color for the foreground of scroll bars. It is 2372If non-@code{nil}, the color for the foreground of scroll bars. It is
2373equivalent to the @code{:foreground} attribute of the 2373equivalent to the @code{:foreground} attribute of the
2374@code{scroll-bar} face. 2374@code{scroll-bar} face.
2375 2375
2376@vindex scroll-bar-background, a frame parameter 2376@vindex scroll-bar-background@r{, a frame parameter}
2377@item scroll-bar-background 2377@item scroll-bar-background
2378If non-@code{nil}, the color for the background of scroll bars. It is 2378If non-@code{nil}, the color for the background of scroll bars. It is
2379equivalent to the @code{:background} attribute of the 2379equivalent to the @code{:background} attribute of the
diff --git a/doc/lispref/functions.texi b/doc/lispref/functions.texi
index 9090956d837..db59463235f 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/functions.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/functions.texi
@@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ anonymous function.
1634This specifies how to order the advice, should several pieces of 1634This specifies how to order the advice, should several pieces of
1635advice be present. By default, the depth is 0. A depth of 100 1635advice be present. By default, the depth is 0. A depth of 100
1636indicates that this piece of advice should be kept as deep as 1636indicates that this piece of advice should be kept as deep as
1637possible, whereas a depth of -100 indicates that it should stay as the 1637possible, whereas a depth of @minus{}100 indicates that it should stay as the
1638outermost piece. When two pieces of advice specify the same depth, 1638outermost piece. When two pieces of advice specify the same depth,
1639the most recently added one will be outermost. 1639the most recently added one will be outermost.
1640 1640
diff --git a/doc/lispref/os.texi b/doc/lispref/os.texi
index be2d148a1e2..0e30ad519a8 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/os.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/os.texi
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ or rounding errors occur.
1322@section Time Zone Rules 1322@section Time Zone Rules
1323@cindex time zone rules 1323@cindex time zone rules
1324 1324
1325@vindex TZ, environment variable 1325@vindex TZ@r{, environment variable}
1326The default time zone is determined by the @env{TZ} environment 1326The default time zone is determined by the @env{TZ} environment
1327variable. @xref{System Environment}. For example, you can tell Emacs 1327variable. @xref{System Environment}. For example, you can tell Emacs
1328to default to Universal Time with @code{(setenv "TZ" "UTC0")}. If 1328to default to Universal Time with @code{(setenv "TZ" "UTC0")}. If
@@ -1478,7 +1478,8 @@ on others, years as early as 1901 do work.
1478@cindex formatting time values 1478@cindex formatting time values
1479 1479
1480 These functions convert time values to text in a string, and vice versa. 1480 These functions convert time values to text in a string, and vice versa.
1481Time values are lists of two to four integers (@pxref{Time of Day}). 1481Time values include @code{nil}, numbers, and lists of two to four
1482integers (@pxref{Time of Day}).
1482 1483
1483@defun date-to-time string 1484@defun date-to-time string
1484This function parses the time-string @var{string} and returns the 1485This function parses the time-string @var{string} and returns the
diff --git a/doc/lispref/positions.texi b/doc/lispref/positions.texi
index c89a87c2bb8..0a03e246c01 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/positions.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/positions.texi
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ line @var{count} screen lines from the top of the window; zero means
602the topmost line. If @var{count} is negative, that specifies a 602the topmost line. If @var{count} is negative, that specifies a
603position @w{@minus{}@var{count}} lines from the bottom (or the last 603position @w{@minus{}@var{count}} lines from the bottom (or the last
604line of the buffer, if the buffer ends above the specified screen 604line of the buffer, if the buffer ends above the specified screen
605position); thus, @var{count} of -1 specifies the last fully visible 605position); thus, @var{count} of @minus{}1 specifies the last fully visible
606screen line of the window. 606screen line of the window.
607 607
608If @var{count} is @code{nil}, then point moves to the beginning of the 608If @var{count} is @code{nil}, then point moves to the beginning of the
diff --git a/doc/lispref/strings.texi b/doc/lispref/strings.texi
index c8261e316f2..5452ea68790 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/strings.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/strings.texi
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ floating-point number.
927@item %g 927@item %g
928Replace the specification with notation for a floating-point number, 928Replace the specification with notation for a floating-point number,
929using either exponential notation or decimal-point notation. The 929using either exponential notation or decimal-point notation. The
930exponential notation is used if the exponent would be less than -4 or 930exponential notation is used if the exponent would be less than @minus{}4 or
931greater than or equal to the precision (default: 6). By default, 931greater than or equal to the precision (default: 6). By default,
932trailing zeros are removed from the fractional portion of the result 932trailing zeros are removed from the fractional portion of the result
933and a decimal-point character appears only if it is followed by a 933and a decimal-point character appears only if it is followed by a
diff --git a/doc/lispref/syntax.texi b/doc/lispref/syntax.texi
index fd461b755c0..3327d7855c4 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/syntax.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/syntax.texi
@@ -972,6 +972,10 @@ encodes the syntax class and syntax flags, according to the table
972below. @var{matching-char}, if non-@code{nil}, specifies a matching 972below. @var{matching-char}, if non-@code{nil}, specifies a matching
973character (similar to the second character in a syntax descriptor). 973character (similar to the second character in a syntax descriptor).
974 974
975@cindex syntax tables (accessing elements of)
976Use @code{aref} (@pxref{Array Functions}) to get the raw syntax
977descriptor of a character, e.g. @w{@code{(aref (syntax-table) ch)}}.
978
975 Here are the syntax codes corresponding to the various syntax 979 Here are the syntax codes corresponding to the various syntax
976classes: 980classes:
977 981
diff --git a/doc/lispref/windows.texi b/doc/lispref/windows.texi
index 687d5971920..75651b99fde 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/windows.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/windows.texi
@@ -5014,43 +5014,43 @@ code:
5014 5014
5015@table @code 5015@table @code
5016@item delete-window 5016@item delete-window
5017@vindex delete-window, a window parameter 5017@vindex delete-window@r{, a window parameter}
5018This parameter affects the execution of @code{delete-window} 5018This parameter affects the execution of @code{delete-window}
5019(@pxref{Deleting Windows}). 5019(@pxref{Deleting Windows}).
5020 5020
5021@item delete-other-windows 5021@item delete-other-windows
5022@vindex delete-other-windows, a window parameter 5022@vindex delete-other-windows@r{, a window parameter}
5023This parameter affects the execution of @code{delete-other-windows} 5023This parameter affects the execution of @code{delete-other-windows}
5024(@pxref{Deleting Windows}). 5024(@pxref{Deleting Windows}).
5025 5025
5026@item no-delete-other-windows 5026@item no-delete-other-windows
5027@vindex no-delete-other-windows, a window parameter 5027@vindex no-delete-other-windows@r{, a window parameter}
5028This parameter marks the window as not deletable by 5028This parameter marks the window as not deletable by
5029@code{delete-other-windows} (@pxref{Deleting Windows}). 5029@code{delete-other-windows} (@pxref{Deleting Windows}).
5030 5030
5031@item split-window 5031@item split-window
5032@vindex split-window, a window parameter 5032@vindex split-window@r{, a window parameter}
5033This parameter affects the execution of @code{split-window} 5033This parameter affects the execution of @code{split-window}
5034(@pxref{Splitting Windows}). 5034(@pxref{Splitting Windows}).
5035 5035
5036@item other-window 5036@item other-window
5037@vindex other-window, a window parameter 5037@vindex other-window@r{, a window parameter}
5038This parameter affects the execution of @code{other-window} 5038This parameter affects the execution of @code{other-window}
5039(@pxref{Cyclic Window Ordering}). 5039(@pxref{Cyclic Window Ordering}).
5040 5040
5041@item no-other-window 5041@item no-other-window
5042@vindex no-other-window, a window parameter 5042@vindex no-other-window@r{, a window parameter}
5043This parameter marks the window as not selectable by @code{other-window} 5043This parameter marks the window as not selectable by @code{other-window}
5044(@pxref{Cyclic Window Ordering}). 5044(@pxref{Cyclic Window Ordering}).
5045 5045
5046@item clone-of 5046@item clone-of
5047@vindex clone-of, a window parameter 5047@vindex clone-of@r{, a window parameter}
5048This parameter specifies the window that this one has been cloned 5048This parameter specifies the window that this one has been cloned
5049from. It is installed by @code{window-state-get} (@pxref{Window 5049from. It is installed by @code{window-state-get} (@pxref{Window
5050Configurations}). 5050Configurations}).
5051 5051
5052@item window-preserved-size 5052@item window-preserved-size
5053@vindex window-preserved-size, a window parameter 5053@vindex window-preserved-size@r{, a window parameter}
5054This parameter specifies a buffer, a direction where @code{nil} means 5054This parameter specifies a buffer, a direction where @code{nil} means
5055vertical and @code{t} horizontal, and a size in pixels. If this window 5055vertical and @code{t} horizontal, and a size in pixels. If this window
5056displays the specified buffer and its size in the indicated direction 5056displays the specified buffer and its size in the indicated direction
@@ -5060,7 +5060,7 @@ parameter is installed and updated by the function
5060@code{window-preserve-size} (@pxref{Preserving Window Sizes}). 5060@code{window-preserve-size} (@pxref{Preserving Window Sizes}).
5061 5061
5062@item quit-restore 5062@item quit-restore
5063@vindex quit-restore, a window parameter 5063@vindex quit-restore@r{, a window parameter}
5064This parameter is installed by the buffer display functions 5064This parameter is installed by the buffer display functions
5065(@pxref{Choosing Window}) and consulted by @code{quit-restore-window} 5065(@pxref{Choosing Window}) and consulted by @code{quit-restore-window}
5066(@pxref{Quitting Windows}). It contains four elements: 5066(@pxref{Quitting Windows}). It contains four elements:
@@ -5092,18 +5092,18 @@ See the description of @code{quit-restore-window} in @ref{Quitting
5092Windows} for details. 5092Windows} for details.
5093 5093
5094@item window-side window-slot 5094@item window-side window-slot
5095@vindex window-side, a window parameter 5095@vindex window-side@r{, a window parameter}
5096@vindex window-slot, a window parameter 5096@vindex window-slot@r{, a window parameter}
5097These parameters are used for implementing side windows (@pxref{Side 5097These parameters are used for implementing side windows (@pxref{Side
5098Windows}). 5098Windows}).
5099 5099
5100@item window-atom 5100@item window-atom
5101@vindex window-atom, a window parameter 5101@vindex window-atom@r{, a window parameter}
5102This parameter is used for implementing atomic windows, see @ref{Atomic 5102This parameter is used for implementing atomic windows, see @ref{Atomic
5103Windows}. 5103Windows}.
5104 5104
5105@item mode-line-format 5105@item mode-line-format
5106@vindex mode-line-format, a window parameter 5106@vindex mode-line-format@r{, a window parameter}
5107This parameter replaces the value of the buffer-local variable 5107This parameter replaces the value of the buffer-local variable
5108@code{mode-line-format} (@pxref{Mode Line Basics}) of this window's 5108@code{mode-line-format} (@pxref{Mode Line Basics}) of this window's
5109buffer whenever this window is displayed. The symbol @code{none} means 5109buffer whenever this window is displayed. The symbol @code{none} means
@@ -5112,7 +5112,7 @@ contents of the mode line on other windows showing this buffer are not
5112affected. 5112affected.
5113 5113
5114@item header-line-format 5114@item header-line-format
5115@vindex header-line-format, a window parameter 5115@vindex header-line-format@r{, a window parameter}
5116This parameter replaces the value of the buffer-local variable 5116This parameter replaces the value of the buffer-local variable
5117@code{header-line-format} (@pxref{Mode Line Basics}) of this window's 5117@code{header-line-format} (@pxref{Mode Line Basics}) of this window's
5118buffer whenever this window is displayed. The symbol @code{none} means 5118buffer whenever this window is displayed. The symbol @code{none} means
@@ -5121,7 +5121,7 @@ contents of the header line on other windows showing this buffer are not
5121affected. 5121affected.
5122 5122
5123@item min-margins 5123@item min-margins
5124@vindex min-margins, a window parameter 5124@vindex min-margins@r{, a window parameter}
5125The value of this parameter is a cons cell whose @sc{car} and @sc{cdr}, 5125The value of this parameter is a cons cell whose @sc{car} and @sc{cdr},
5126if non-@code{nil}, specify the minimum values (in columns) for the left 5126if non-@code{nil}, specify the minimum values (in columns) for the left
5127and right margin of this window. When present, Emacs will use these 5127and right margin of this window. When present, Emacs will use these
diff --git a/doc/misc/calc.texi b/doc/misc/calc.texi
index 40b16b0f3c9..a4a091f243a 100644
--- a/doc/misc/calc.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/calc.texi
@@ -14242,7 +14242,7 @@ format in @TeX{} mode and in
14242@samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} a & b \\ c & d \end@{pmatrix@}} format in 14242@samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} a & b \\ c & d \end@{pmatrix@}} format in
14243@LaTeX{} mode; you may need to edit this afterwards to change to your 14243@LaTeX{} mode; you may need to edit this afterwards to change to your
14244preferred matrix form. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or @kbd{d L} with an 14244preferred matrix form. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or @kbd{d L} with an
14245argument of 2 or -2, then matrices will be displayed in two-dimensional 14245argument of 2 or @minus{}2, then matrices will be displayed in two-dimensional
14246form, such as 14246form, such as
14247 14247
14248@example 14248@example
diff --git a/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi b/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi
index 2de56fa05c0..a506213ea2d 100644
--- a/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ for the latest information on Emacs version and package compatibility
576(@pxref{Updating CC Mode}). 576(@pxref{Updating CC Mode}).
577 577
578@deffn Command c-version 578@deffn Command c-version
579@findex version (c-) 579@findex version @r{(c-)}
580You can find out what version of @ccmode{} you are using by visiting a C 580You can find out what version of @ccmode{} you are using by visiting a C
581file and entering @kbd{M-x c-version RET}. You should see this message in 581file and entering @kbd{M-x c-version RET}. You should see this message in
582the echo area: 582the echo area:
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ These commands indent code:
673@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{c-indent-command}) 673@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{c-indent-command})
674@kindex TAB 674@kindex TAB
675@findex c-indent-command 675@findex c-indent-command
676@findex indent-command (c-) 676@findex indent-command @r{(c-)}
677This command indents the current line. That is all you need to know 677This command indents the current line. That is all you need to know
678about it for normal use. 678about it for normal use.
679 679
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ that begins at the line's left margin.
693@item 693@item
694When it's @code{nil}, the command indents the line by an extra 694When it's @code{nil}, the command indents the line by an extra
695@code{c-basic-offset} columns. A prefix argument acts as a 695@code{c-basic-offset} columns. A prefix argument acts as a
696multiplier. A bare prefix (@kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}) is equivalent to -1, 696multiplier. A bare prefix (@kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}) is equivalent to @minus{}1,
697removing @code{c-basic-offset} columns from the indentation. 697removing @code{c-basic-offset} columns from the indentation.
698@end itemize 698@end itemize
699 699
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ you want only spaces. @xref{Just Spaces,,,@emacsman{},
707@emacsmantitle{}}. 707@emacsmantitle{}}.
708 708
709@defopt c-tab-always-indent 709@defopt c-tab-always-indent
710@vindex tab-always-indent (c-) 710@vindex tab-always-indent @r{(c-)}
711@cindex literal 711@cindex literal
712This variable modifies how @key{TAB} operates. 712This variable modifies how @key{TAB} operates.
713@itemize @bullet 713@itemize @bullet
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ is within a string or comment, some whitespace is inserted.
726@end defopt 726@end defopt
727 727
728@defopt c-insert-tab-function 728@defopt c-insert-tab-function
729@vindex insert-tab-function (c-) 729@vindex insert-tab-function @r{(c-)}
730@findex tab-to-tab-stop 730@findex tab-to-tab-stop
731When ``some whitespace'' is inserted as described above, what actually 731When ``some whitespace'' is inserted as described above, what actually
732happens is that the function stored in @code{c-insert-tab-function} is 732happens is that the function stored in @code{c-insert-tab-function} is
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ very useful in this case.
756@item @kbd{C-M-q} (@code{c-indent-exp}) 756@item @kbd{C-M-q} (@code{c-indent-exp})
757@kindex C-M-q 757@kindex C-M-q
758@findex c-indent-exp 758@findex c-indent-exp
759@findex indent-exp (c-) 759@findex indent-exp @r{(c-)}
760Indents an entire balanced brace or parenthesis expression. Note that 760Indents an entire balanced brace or parenthesis expression. Note that
761point must be on the opening brace or parenthesis of the expression 761point must be on the opening brace or parenthesis of the expression
762you want to indent. 762you want to indent.
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ you want to indent.
764@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{c-indent-defun}) 764@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{c-indent-defun})
765@kindex C-c C-q 765@kindex C-c C-q
766@findex c-indent-defun 766@findex c-indent-defun
767@findex indent-defun (c-) 767@findex indent-defun @r{(c-)}
768Indents the entire top-level function, class or macro definition 768Indents the entire top-level function, class or macro definition
769encompassing point. It leaves point unchanged. This function can't be 769encompassing point. It leaves point unchanged. This function can't be
770used to reindent a nested brace construct, such as a nested class or 770used to reindent a nested brace construct, such as a nested class or
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ and mark must delineate the region you want to indent.
782@item @kbd{C-M-h} (@code{c-mark-function}) 782@item @kbd{C-M-h} (@code{c-mark-function})
783@kindex C-M-h 783@kindex C-M-h
784@findex c-mark-function 784@findex c-mark-function
785@findex mark-function (c-) 785@findex mark-function @r{(c-)}
786While not strictly an indentation command, this is useful for marking 786While not strictly an indentation command, this is useful for marking
787the current top-level function or class definition as the current 787the current top-level function or class definition as the current
788region. As with @code{c-indent-defun}, this command operates on 788region. As with @code{c-indent-defun}, this command operates on
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ indentation, otherwise only spaces are used.
798@end defopt 798@end defopt
799 799
800@defopt c-progress-interval 800@defopt c-progress-interval
801@vindex progress-interval (c-) 801@vindex progress-interval @r{(c-)}
802When indenting large regions of code, this variable controls how often a 802When indenting large regions of code, this variable controls how often a
803progress message is displayed. Set this variable to @code{nil} to 803progress message is displayed. Set this variable to @code{nil} to
804inhibit the progress messages, or set it to an integer which is how 804inhibit the progress messages, or set it to an integer which is how
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ together with any whitespace before it. This is a standard Emacs
845command, but @ccmode{} enhances it a bit with two variables: 845command, but @ccmode{} enhances it a bit with two variables:
846 846
847@defopt c-indent-comment-alist 847@defopt c-indent-comment-alist
848@vindex indent-comment-alist (c-) 848@vindex indent-comment-alist @r{(c-)}
849@vindex comment-column 849@vindex comment-column
850This style variable allows you to vary the column that @kbd{M-;} puts 850This style variable allows you to vary the column that @kbd{M-;} puts
851the comment at, depending on what sort of code is on the line, and 851the comment at, depending on what sort of code is on the line, and
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ variable (use @kbd{C-h v c-indent-comment-alist}).
860@end defopt 860@end defopt
861 861
862@defopt c-indent-comments-syntactically-p 862@defopt c-indent-comments-syntactically-p
863@vindex indent-comments-syntactically-p (c-) 863@vindex indent-comments-syntactically-p @r{(c-)}
864Normally, when this style variable is @code{nil}, @kbd{M-;} will 864Normally, when this style variable is @code{nil}, @kbd{M-;} will
865indent comment-only lines according to @code{c-indent-comment-alist}, 865indent comment-only lines according to @code{c-indent-comment-alist},
866just as it does with lines where other code precede the comments. 866just as it does with lines where other code precede the comments.
@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ lines.
889@findex c-beginning-of-defun 889@findex c-beginning-of-defun
890@findex c-end-of-defun 890@findex c-end-of-defun
891@vindex c-defun-tactic 891@vindex c-defun-tactic
892@vindex defun-tactic (c-) 892@vindex defun-tactic @r{(c-)}
893 893
894Move to the beginning or end of the current or next function. Other 894Move to the beginning or end of the current or next function. Other
895constructs (such as a structs or classes) which have a brace block 895constructs (such as a structs or classes) which have a brace block
@@ -923,9 +923,9 @@ must be in column zero. See @ref{Defuns,,,@emacsman{},
923@kindex C-M-a (AWK Mode) 923@kindex C-M-a (AWK Mode)
924@kindex C-M-e (AWK Mode) 924@kindex C-M-e (AWK Mode)
925@findex c-awk-beginning-of-defun 925@findex c-awk-beginning-of-defun
926@findex awk-beginning-of-defun (c-) 926@findex awk-beginning-of-defun @r{(c-)}
927@findex c-awk-end-of-defun 927@findex c-awk-end-of-defun
928@findex awk-end-of-defun (c-) 928@findex awk-end-of-defun @r{(c-)}
929Move to the beginning or end of the current or next AWK defun. These 929Move to the beginning or end of the current or next AWK defun. These
930commands can take prefix-arguments, their functionality being entirely 930commands can take prefix-arguments, their functionality being entirely
931equivalent to @code{beginning-of-defun} and @code{end-of-defun}. 931equivalent to @code{beginning-of-defun} and @code{end-of-defun}.
@@ -941,8 +941,8 @@ modes, is neither necessary nor helpful in AWK mode.
941@kindex M-e 941@kindex M-e
942@findex c-beginning-of-statement 942@findex c-beginning-of-statement
943@findex c-end-of-statement 943@findex c-end-of-statement
944@findex beginning-of-statement (c-) 944@findex beginning-of-statement @r{(c-)}
945@findex end-of-statement (c-) 945@findex end-of-statement @r{(c-)}
946Move to the beginning or end of the innermost C statement. If point 946Move to the beginning or end of the innermost C statement. If point
947is already there, move to the next beginning or end of a statement, 947is already there, move to the next beginning or end of a statement,
948even if that means moving into a block. (Use @kbd{C-M-b} or 948even if that means moving into a block. (Use @kbd{C-M-b} or
@@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ strings.
961@item @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{c-up-conditional}) 961@item @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{c-up-conditional})
962@kindex C-c C-u 962@kindex C-c C-u
963@findex c-up-conditional 963@findex c-up-conditional
964@findex up-conditional (c-) 964@findex up-conditional @r{(c-)}
965Move back to the containing preprocessor conditional, leaving the mark 965Move back to the containing preprocessor conditional, leaving the mark
966behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a negative 966behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a negative
967argument, move forward to the end of the containing preprocessor 967argument, move forward to the end of the containing preprocessor
@@ -976,13 +976,13 @@ preprocessor statements.
976 976
977@item @kbd{M-x c-up-conditional-with-else} 977@item @kbd{M-x c-up-conditional-with-else}
978@findex c-up-conditional-with-else 978@findex c-up-conditional-with-else
979@findex up-conditional-with-else (c-) 979@findex up-conditional-with-else @r{(c-)}
980A variety of @code{c-up-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else} 980A variety of @code{c-up-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
981lines. Normally those lines are ignored. 981lines. Normally those lines are ignored.
982 982
983@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional} 983@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional}
984@findex c-down-conditional 984@findex c-down-conditional
985@findex down-conditional (c-) 985@findex down-conditional @r{(c-)}
986Move forward into the next nested preprocessor conditional, leaving 986Move forward into the next nested preprocessor conditional, leaving
987the mark behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a 987the mark behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a
988negative argument, move backward into the previous nested preprocessor 988negative argument, move backward into the previous nested preprocessor
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ function stops at them when going forward, but not when going backward.
993 993
994@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional-with-else} 994@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional-with-else}
995@findex c-down-conditional-with-else 995@findex c-down-conditional-with-else
996@findex down-conditional-with-else (c-) 996@findex down-conditional-with-else @r{(c-)}
997A variety of @code{c-down-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else} 997A variety of @code{c-down-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
998lines. Normally those lines are ignored. 998lines. Normally those lines are ignored.
999 999
@@ -1003,8 +1003,8 @@ lines. Normally those lines are ignored.
1003@kindex C-c C-n 1003@kindex C-c C-n
1004@findex c-backward-conditional 1004@findex c-backward-conditional
1005@findex c-forward-conditional 1005@findex c-forward-conditional
1006@findex backward-conditional (c-) 1006@findex backward-conditional @r{(c-)}
1007@findex forward-conditional (c-) 1007@findex forward-conditional @r{(c-)}
1008Move backward or forward across a preprocessor conditional, leaving 1008Move backward or forward across a preprocessor conditional, leaving
1009the mark behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a 1009the mark behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a
1010negative argument, move in the opposite direction. 1010negative argument, move in the opposite direction.
@@ -1016,8 +1016,8 @@ preprocessor statements.
1016@itemx @kbd{M-x c-forward-into-nomenclature} 1016@itemx @kbd{M-x c-forward-into-nomenclature}
1017@findex c-backward-into-nomenclature 1017@findex c-backward-into-nomenclature
1018@findex c-forward-into-nomenclature 1018@findex c-forward-into-nomenclature
1019@findex backward-into-nomenclature (c-) 1019@findex backward-into-nomenclature @r{(c-)}
1020@findex forward-into-nomenclature (c-) 1020@findex forward-into-nomenclature @r{(c-)}
1021A popular programming style, especially for object-oriented languages 1021A popular programming style, especially for object-oriented languages
1022such as C++ is to write symbols in a mixed case format, where the 1022such as C++ is to write symbols in a mixed case format, where the
1023first letter of each word is capitalized, and not separated by 1023first letter of each word is capitalized, and not separated by
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ and @pxref{Customizing Indentation})}.
1070@item @kbd{M-q} (@code{c-fill-paragraph}) 1070@item @kbd{M-q} (@code{c-fill-paragraph})
1071@kindex M-q 1071@kindex M-q
1072@findex c-fill-paragraph 1072@findex c-fill-paragraph
1073@findex fill-paragraph (c-) 1073@findex fill-paragraph @r{(c-)}
1074@cindex Javadoc markup 1074@cindex Javadoc markup
1075@cindex Pike autodoc markup 1075@cindex Pike autodoc markup
1076This command fills multiline string literals and both block 1076This command fills multiline string literals and both block
@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ buffers.
1090@item @kbd{M-j} (@code{c-indent-new-comment-line}) 1090@item @kbd{M-j} (@code{c-indent-new-comment-line})
1091@kindex M-j 1091@kindex M-j
1092@findex c-indent-new-comment-line 1092@findex c-indent-new-comment-line
1093@findex indent-new-comment-line (c-) 1093@findex indent-new-comment-line @r{(c-)}
1094This breaks the current line at point and indents the new line. If 1094This breaks the current line at point and indents the new line. If
1095point was in a comment, the new line gets the proper comment line 1095point was in a comment, the new line gets the proper comment line
1096prefix. If point was inside a macro, a backslash is inserted before 1096prefix. If point was inside a macro, a backslash is inserted before
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ the line break. It is the replacement for
1099 1099
1100@item @kbd{M-x c-context-line-break} 1100@item @kbd{M-x c-context-line-break}
1101@findex c-context-line-break 1101@findex c-context-line-break
1102@findex context-line-break (c-) 1102@findex context-line-break @r{(c-)}
1103Insert a line break suitable to the context: If the point is inside a 1103Insert a line break suitable to the context: If the point is inside a
1104comment, the new line gets the suitable indentation and comment line 1104comment, the new line gets the suitable indentation and comment line
1105prefix like @code{c-indent-new-comment-line}. In normal code it's 1105prefix like @code{c-indent-new-comment-line}. In normal code it's
@@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ this function. @xref{Sample Init File}.
1118 1118
1119@item @kbd{M-x c-context-open-line} 1119@item @kbd{M-x c-context-open-line}
1120@findex c-context-open-line 1120@findex c-context-open-line
1121@findex context-open-line (c-) 1121@findex context-open-line @r{(c-)}
1122This is to @kbd{C-o} (@kbd{M-x open-line}) as 1122This is to @kbd{C-o} (@kbd{M-x open-line}) as
1123@code{c-context-line-break} is to @kbd{RET}. I.e., it works just like 1123@code{c-context-line-break} is to @kbd{RET}. I.e., it works just like
1124@code{c-context-line-break} but leaves the point before the inserted 1124@code{c-context-line-break} but leaves the point before the inserted
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ Here are the commands to toggle these modes:
1196@item @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{c-toggle-comment-style}) 1196@item @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{c-toggle-comment-style})
1197@kindex C-c C-k 1197@kindex C-c C-k
1198@findex c-toggle-comment-style 1198@findex c-toggle-comment-style
1199@findex toggle-comment-style (c-) 1199@findex toggle-comment-style @r{(c-)}
1200Toggle the comment style between line style and block style. In modes 1200Toggle the comment style between line style and block style. In modes
1201(such as AWK Mode) which only have one of these styles, this function 1201(such as AWK Mode) which only have one of these styles, this function
1202does nothing. 1202does nothing.
@@ -1204,25 +1204,25 @@ does nothing.
1204@item @kbd{C-c C-l} (@code{c-toggle-electric-state}) 1204@item @kbd{C-c C-l} (@code{c-toggle-electric-state})
1205@kindex C-c C-l 1205@kindex C-c C-l
1206@findex c-toggle-electric-state 1206@findex c-toggle-electric-state
1207@findex toggle-electric-state (c-) 1207@findex toggle-electric-state @r{(c-)}
1208Toggle electric minor mode. When the command turns the mode off, it 1208Toggle electric minor mode. When the command turns the mode off, it
1209also suppresses auto-newline mode. 1209also suppresses auto-newline mode.
1210 1210
1211@item @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{c-toggle-auto-newline}) 1211@item @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{c-toggle-auto-newline})
1212@kindex C-c C-a 1212@kindex C-c C-a
1213@findex c-toggle-auto-newline 1213@findex c-toggle-auto-newline
1214@findex toggle-auto-newline (c-) 1214@findex toggle-auto-newline @r{(c-)}
1215Toggle auto-newline minor mode. When the command turns the mode on, 1215Toggle auto-newline minor mode. When the command turns the mode on,
1216it also enables electric minor mode. 1216it also enables electric minor mode.
1217 1217
1218@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command was bound to @kbd{C-c C-d}.} 1218@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command was bound to @kbd{C-c C-d}.}
1219@findex c-toggle-hungry-state 1219@findex c-toggle-hungry-state
1220@findex toggle-hungry-state (c-) 1220@findex toggle-hungry-state @r{(c-)}
1221Toggle hungry-delete minor mode. 1221Toggle hungry-delete minor mode.
1222 1222
1223@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-auto-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command was bound to @kbd{C-c C-t}.} 1223@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-auto-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command was bound to @kbd{C-c C-t}.}
1224@findex c-toggle-auto-hungry-state 1224@findex c-toggle-auto-hungry-state
1225@findex toggle-auto-hungry-state (c-) 1225@findex toggle-auto-hungry-state @r{(c-)}
1226Toggle both auto-newline and hungry delete minor modes. 1226Toggle both auto-newline and hungry delete minor modes.
1227 1227
1228@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{M-x subword-mode}) 1228@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{M-x subword-mode})
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ Toggle subword mode.
1232 1232
1233@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-syntactic-indentation} 1233@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-syntactic-indentation}
1234@findex c-toggle-syntactic-indentation 1234@findex c-toggle-syntactic-indentation
1235@findex toggle-syntactic-indentation (c-) 1235@findex toggle-syntactic-indentation @r{(c-)}
1236Toggle syntactic-indentation mode. 1236Toggle syntactic-indentation mode.
1237@end table 1237@end table
1238 1238
@@ -1276,9 +1276,9 @@ These keys and keywords are:
1276@item # 1276@item #
1277@kindex # 1277@kindex #
1278@findex c-electric-pound 1278@findex c-electric-pound
1279@findex electric-pound (c-) 1279@findex electric-pound @r{(c-)}
1280@vindex c-electric-pound-behavior 1280@vindex c-electric-pound-behavior
1281@vindex electric-pound-behavior (c-) 1281@vindex electric-pound-behavior @r{(c-)}
1282Pound (bound to @code{c-electric-pound}) is electric when typed as the 1282Pound (bound to @code{c-electric-pound}) is electric when typed as the
1283first non-whitespace character on a line and not within a macro 1283first non-whitespace character on a line and not within a macro
1284definition. In this case, the variable @code{c-electric-pound-behavior} 1284definition. In this case, the variable @code{c-electric-pound-behavior}
@@ -1298,9 +1298,9 @@ character.
1298@itemx / 1298@itemx /
1299@kindex / 1299@kindex /
1300@findex c-electric-star 1300@findex c-electric-star
1301@findex electric-star (c-) 1301@findex electric-star @r{(c-)}
1302@findex c-electric-slash 1302@findex c-electric-slash
1303@findex electric-slash (c-) 1303@findex electric-slash @r{(c-)}
1304A star (bound to @code{c-electric-star}) or a slash 1304A star (bound to @code{c-electric-star}) or a slash
1305(@code{c-electric-slash}) causes reindentation when you type it as the 1305(@code{c-electric-slash}) causes reindentation when you type it as the
1306second component of a C style block comment opener (@samp{/*}) or a 1306second component of a C style block comment opener (@samp{/*}) or a
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ electric.
1321@itemx > 1321@itemx >
1322@kindex > 1322@kindex >
1323@findex c-electric-lt-gt 1323@findex c-electric-lt-gt
1324@findex electric-lt-gt (c-) 1324@findex electric-lt-gt @r{(c-)}
1325A less-than or greater-than sign (bound to @code{c-electric-lt-gt}) is 1325A less-than or greater-than sign (bound to @code{c-electric-lt-gt}) is
1326electric in two circumstances: when it is an angle bracket in a C++ 1326electric in two circumstances: when it is an angle bracket in a C++
1327@samp{template} declaration (and similar constructs in other 1327@samp{template} declaration (and similar constructs in other
@@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ electric.
1335@itemx ) 1335@itemx )
1336@kindex ) 1336@kindex )
1337@findex c-electric-paren 1337@findex c-electric-paren
1338@findex electric-paren (c-) 1338@findex electric-paren @r{(c-)}
1339The normal parenthesis characters @samp{(} and @samp{)} (bound to 1339The normal parenthesis characters @samp{(} and @samp{)} (bound to
1340@code{c-electric-paren}) reindent the current line. This is useful 1340@code{c-electric-paren}) reindent the current line. This is useful
1341for getting the closing parenthesis of an argument list aligned 1341for getting the closing parenthesis of an argument list aligned
@@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ get these actions. @xref{Clean-ups}.
1352@itemx @} 1352@itemx @}
1353@kindex @} 1353@kindex @}
1354@findex c-electric-brace 1354@findex c-electric-brace
1355@findex electric-brace (c-) 1355@findex electric-brace @r{(c-)}
1356Typing a brace (bound to @code{c-electric-brace}) reindents the 1356Typing a brace (bound to @code{c-electric-brace}) reindents the
1357current line. Also, one or more newlines might be inserted if 1357current line. Also, one or more newlines might be inserted if
1358auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}. 1358auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}.
@@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ inserted by auto-newline mode in certain circumstances.
1363@item : 1363@item :
1364@kindex : 1364@kindex :
1365@findex c-electric-colon 1365@findex c-electric-colon
1366@findex electric-colon (c-) 1366@findex electric-colon @r{(c-)}
1367Typing a colon (bound to @code{c-electric-colon}) reindents the 1367Typing a colon (bound to @code{c-electric-colon}) reindents the
1368current line. Additionally, one or more newlines might be inserted if 1368current line. Additionally, one or more newlines might be inserted if
1369auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}. If you 1369auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}. If you
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ avoiding all these spurious reindentations, newlines, and clean-ups.
1380@itemx , 1380@itemx ,
1381@kindex , 1381@kindex ,
1382@findex c-electric-semi&comma 1382@findex c-electric-semi&comma
1383@findex electric-semi&comma (c-) 1383@findex electric-semi&comma @r{(c-)}
1384Typing a semicolon or comma (bound to @code{c-electric-semi&comma}) 1384Typing a semicolon or comma (bound to @code{c-electric-semi&comma})
1385reindents the current line. Also, a newline might be inserted if 1385reindents the current line. Also, a newline might be inserted if
1386auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}. 1386auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}.
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ when you type a semicolon or comma just after it. @xref{Clean-ups}.
1391@end table 1391@end table
1392 1392
1393@deffn Command c-electric-continued-statement 1393@deffn Command c-electric-continued-statement
1394@findex electric-continued-statement (c-) 1394@findex electric-continued-statement @r{(c-)}
1395 1395
1396Certain keywords are electric, causing reindentation when they are 1396Certain keywords are electric, causing reindentation when they are
1397preceded only by whitespace on the line. The keywords are those that 1397preceded only by whitespace on the line. The keywords are those that
@@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ deletion.
1520@item @kbd{@key{DEL}} (@code{c-electric-backspace}) 1520@item @kbd{@key{DEL}} (@code{c-electric-backspace})
1521@kindex DEL 1521@kindex DEL
1522@findex c-electric-backspace 1522@findex c-electric-backspace
1523@findex electric-backspace (c-) 1523@findex electric-backspace @r{(c-)}
1524This command is run by default when you hit the @kbd{DEL} key. When 1524This command is run by default when you hit the @kbd{DEL} key. When
1525hungry delete mode is enabled, it deletes any amount of whitespace in 1525hungry delete mode is enabled, it deletes any amount of whitespace in
1526the backwards direction. Otherwise, or when used with a prefix 1526the backwards direction. Otherwise, or when used with a prefix
@@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ passing it the prefix argument, if any.)
1531 1531
1532@item @code{c-backspace-function} 1532@item @code{c-backspace-function}
1533@vindex c-backspace-function 1533@vindex c-backspace-function
1534@vindex backspace-function (c-) 1534@vindex backspace-function @r{(c-)}
1535@findex backward-delete-char-untabify 1535@findex backward-delete-char-untabify
1536Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-backspace} when it doesn't 1536Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-backspace} when it doesn't
1537do an ``electric'' deletion of the preceding whitespace. The default 1537do an ``electric'' deletion of the preceding whitespace. The default
@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ deletes a single character.
1542@item @kbd{C-d} (@code{c-electric-delete-forward}) 1542@item @kbd{C-d} (@code{c-electric-delete-forward})
1543@kindex C-d 1543@kindex C-d
1544@findex c-electric-delete-forward 1544@findex c-electric-delete-forward
1545@findex electric-delete-forward (c-) 1545@findex electric-delete-forward @r{(c-)}
1546This function, which is bound to @kbd{C-d} by default, works just like 1546This function, which is bound to @kbd{C-d} by default, works just like
1547@code{c-electric-backspace} but in the forward direction. When it 1547@code{c-electric-backspace} but in the forward direction. When it
1548doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace, it 1548doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace, it
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ argument.)
1552 1552
1553@item @code{c-delete-function} 1553@item @code{c-delete-function}
1554@vindex c-delete-function 1554@vindex c-delete-function
1555@vindex delete-function (c-) 1555@vindex delete-function @r{(c-)}
1556@findex delete-char 1556@findex delete-char
1557Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-delete-forward} when it 1557Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-delete-forward} when it
1558doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace. The 1558doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace. The
@@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ rather than using the minor mode toggling.
1572@kindex C-c C-DEL 1572@kindex C-c C-DEL
1573@kindex C-c DEL 1573@kindex C-c DEL
1574@findex c-hungry-delete-backwards 1574@findex c-hungry-delete-backwards
1575@findex hungry-delete-backwards (c-) 1575@findex hungry-delete-backwards @r{(c-)}
1576Delete any amount of whitespace in the backwards direction (regardless 1576Delete any amount of whitespace in the backwards direction (regardless
1577whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not). This command is bound 1577whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not). This command is bound
1578to both @kbd{C-c C-@key{DEL}} and @kbd{C-c @key{DEL}}, since the more 1578to both @kbd{C-c C-@key{DEL}} and @kbd{C-c @key{DEL}}, since the more
@@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ a character terminal.
1584@kindex C-c C-<DELETE> 1584@kindex C-c C-<DELETE>
1585@kindex C-c <DELETE> 1585@kindex C-c <DELETE>
1586@findex c-hungry-delete-forward 1586@findex c-hungry-delete-forward
1587@findex hungry-delete-forward (c-) 1587@findex hungry-delete-forward @r{(c-)}
1588Delete any amount of whitespace in the forward direction (regardless 1588Delete any amount of whitespace in the forward direction (regardless
1589whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not). This command is bound 1589whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not). This command is bound
1590to both @kbd{C-c C-@key{DELETE}} and @kbd{C-c @key{DELETE}} for the 1590to both @kbd{C-c C-@key{DELETE}} and @kbd{C-c @key{DELETE}} for the
@@ -1601,9 +1601,9 @@ known as @key{Backspace} and @key{Delete}. The default bindings to
1601those two keys depends on the flavor of (X)Emacs you are using. 1601those two keys depends on the flavor of (X)Emacs you are using.
1602 1602
1603@findex c-electric-delete 1603@findex c-electric-delete
1604@findex electric-delete (c-) 1604@findex electric-delete @r{(c-)}
1605@findex c-hungry-delete 1605@findex c-hungry-delete
1606@findex hungry-delete (c-) 1606@findex hungry-delete @r{(c-)}
1607@vindex delete-key-deletes-forward 1607@vindex delete-key-deletes-forward
1608In XEmacs 20.3 and beyond, the @key{Backspace} key is bound to 1608In XEmacs 20.3 and beyond, the @key{Backspace} key is bound to
1609@code{c-electric-backspace} and the @key{Delete} key is bound to 1609@code{c-electric-backspace} and the @key{Delete} key is bound to
@@ -1678,23 +1678,23 @@ editing commands with variants that recognize subwords in a
1678nomenclature and treat them as separate words: 1678nomenclature and treat them as separate words:
1679 1679
1680@findex c-forward-subword 1680@findex c-forward-subword
1681@findex forward-subword (c-) 1681@findex forward-subword @r{(c-)}
1682@findex c-backward-subword 1682@findex c-backward-subword
1683@findex backward-subword (c-) 1683@findex backward-subword @r{(c-)}
1684@findex c-mark-subword 1684@findex c-mark-subword
1685@findex mark-subword (c-) 1685@findex mark-subword @r{(c-)}
1686@findex c-kill-subword 1686@findex c-kill-subword
1687@findex kill-subword (c-) 1687@findex kill-subword @r{(c-)}
1688@findex c-backward-kill-subword 1688@findex c-backward-kill-subword
1689@findex backward-kill-subword (c-) 1689@findex backward-kill-subword @r{(c-)}
1690@findex c-transpose-subwords 1690@findex c-transpose-subwords
1691@findex transpose-subwords (c-) 1691@findex transpose-subwords @r{(c-)}
1692@findex c-capitalize-subword 1692@findex c-capitalize-subword
1693@findex capitalize-subword (c-) 1693@findex capitalize-subword @r{(c-)}
1694@findex c-upcase-subword 1694@findex c-upcase-subword
1695@findex upcase-subword (c-) 1695@findex upcase-subword @r{(c-)}
1696@findex c-downcase-subword 1696@findex c-downcase-subword
1697@findex downcase-subword (c-) 1697@findex downcase-subword @r{(c-)}
1698@multitable @columnfractions .20 .40 .40 1698@multitable @columnfractions .20 .40 .40
1699@c This could be converted to @headitem when we require Texinfo 4.7 1699@c This could be converted to @headitem when we require Texinfo 4.7
1700@iftex 1700@iftex
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ Here are the various other commands that didn't fit anywhere else:
1744@item @kbd{C-c .} (@code{c-set-style}) 1744@item @kbd{C-c .} (@code{c-set-style})
1745@kindex C-c . 1745@kindex C-c .
1746@findex c-set-style 1746@findex c-set-style
1747@findex set-style (c-) 1747@findex set-style @r{(c-)}
1748Switch to the specified style in the current buffer. Use like this: 1748Switch to the specified style in the current buffer. Use like this:
1749 1749
1750@example 1750@example
@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ For details of the @ccmode{} style system, see @ref{Styles}.
1764@item @kbd{C-c :} (@code{c-scope-operator}) 1764@item @kbd{C-c :} (@code{c-scope-operator})
1765@kindex C-c : 1765@kindex C-c :
1766@findex c-scope-operator 1766@findex c-scope-operator
1767@findex scope-operator (c-) 1767@findex scope-operator @r{(c-)}
1768In C++, it is also sometimes desirable to insert the double-colon scope 1768In C++, it is also sometimes desirable to insert the double-colon scope
1769operator without performing the electric behavior of colon insertion. 1769operator without performing the electric behavior of colon insertion.
1770@kbd{C-c :} does just this. 1770@kbd{C-c :} does just this.
@@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ operator without performing the electric behavior of colon insertion.
1772@item @kbd{C-c C-z} (@code{c-display-defun-name}) 1772@item @kbd{C-c C-z} (@code{c-display-defun-name})
1773@kindex C-c C-z 1773@kindex C-c C-z
1774@findex c-display-defun-name 1774@findex c-display-defun-name
1775@findex display-defun-name (c-) 1775@findex display-defun-name @r{(c-)}
1776Display the current function name, if any, in the minibuffer. 1776Display the current function name, if any, in the minibuffer.
1777Additionally, if a prefix argument is given, push the function name to 1777Additionally, if a prefix argument is given, push the function name to
1778the kill ring. If there is no current function, 1778the kill ring. If there is no current function,
@@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ customizable option @code{isearch-allow-scroll} to non-@code{nil}.
1784@item @kbd{C-c C-\} (@code{c-backslash-region}) 1784@item @kbd{C-c C-\} (@code{c-backslash-region})
1785@kindex C-c C-\ 1785@kindex C-c C-\
1786@findex c-backslash-region 1786@findex c-backslash-region
1787@findex backslash-region (c-) 1787@findex backslash-region @r{(c-)}
1788This function inserts and aligns or deletes end-of-line backslashes in 1788This function inserts and aligns or deletes end-of-line backslashes in
1789the current region. These are typically used in multi-line macros. 1789the current region. These are typically used in multi-line macros.
1790 1790
@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ with the trailing backslashes.
1814@item @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{c-macro-expand}) 1814@item @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{c-macro-expand})
1815@kindex C-c C-e 1815@kindex C-c C-e
1816@findex c-macro-expand 1816@findex c-macro-expand
1817@findex macro-expand (c-) 1817@findex macro-expand @r{(c-)}
1818This command expands C, C++, Objective C or Pike macros in the region, 1818This command expands C, C++, Objective C or Pike macros in the region,
1819using an appropriate external preprocessor program. Normally it 1819using an appropriate external preprocessor program. Normally it
1820displays its output in a temporary buffer, but if you give it a prefix 1820displays its output in a temporary buffer, but if you give it a prefix
@@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ or @code{font-lock-reference-face}, for lack of a closer equivalent.
2046@item 2046@item
2047@vindex font-lock-warning-face 2047@vindex font-lock-warning-face
2048@vindex c-invalid-face 2048@vindex c-invalid-face
2049@vindex invalid-face (c-) 2049@vindex invalid-face @r{(c-)}
2050Some kinds of syntactic errors are fontified with 2050Some kinds of syntactic errors are fontified with
2051@code{font-lock-warning-face} in Emacs. In older XEmacs versions 2051@code{font-lock-warning-face} in Emacs. In older XEmacs versions
2052there's no corresponding standard face, so there a special 2052there's no corresponding standard face, so there a special
@@ -2071,7 +2071,7 @@ specially structured comments, e.g., the standard Javadoc tool in Java.
2071the special markup inside them. 2071the special markup inside them.
2072 2072
2073@defopt c-doc-comment-style 2073@defopt c-doc-comment-style
2074@vindex doc-comment-style (c-) 2074@vindex doc-comment-style @r{(c-)}
2075This is a style variable that specifies which documentation comment 2075This is a style variable that specifies which documentation comment
2076style to recognize, e.g., @code{javadoc} for Javadoc comments. 2076style to recognize, e.g., @code{javadoc} for Javadoc comments.
2077 2077
@@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ to do @kbd{M-x java-mode} (or whatever mode you're currently using) to
2096reinitialize. 2096reinitialize.
2097 2097
2098@findex c-setup-doc-comment-style 2098@findex c-setup-doc-comment-style
2099@findex setup-doc-comment-style (c-) 2099@findex setup-doc-comment-style @r{(c-)}
2100Note also that when @ccmode{} starts up, the other variables are 2100Note also that when @ccmode{} starts up, the other variables are
2101modified before the mode hooks are run. If you change this variable in 2101modified before the mode hooks are run. If you change this variable in
2102a mode hook, you'll have to call @code{c-setup-doc-comment-style} 2102a mode hook, you'll have to call @code{c-setup-doc-comment-style}
@@ -2163,7 +2163,7 @@ foo& bar
2163@code{c-asymmetry-fontification-flag}. 2163@code{c-asymmetry-fontification-flag}.
2164 2164
2165@defvar c-asymmetry-fontification-flag 2165@defvar c-asymmetry-fontification-flag
2166@vindex asymmetry-fontification-flag (c-) 2166@vindex asymmetry-fontification-flag @r{(c-)}
2167When @code{c-asymmetry-fontification-flag} is non-nil (which it is by 2167When @code{c-asymmetry-fontification-flag} is non-nil (which it is by
2168default), code like the above, with white space either before or after 2168default), code like the above, with white space either before or after
2169the operator, but not both, is fontified as a declaration. When the 2169the operator, but not both, is fontified as a declaration. When the
@@ -2461,14 +2461,14 @@ hook. Thus, any style settings done in these hooks will override
2461those set by @code{c-default-style}. 2461those set by @code{c-default-style}.
2462 2462
2463@defvar c-initialization-hook 2463@defvar c-initialization-hook
2464@vindex initialization-hook (c-) 2464@vindex initialization-hook @r{(c-)}
2465Hook run only once per Emacs session, when @ccmode{} is initialized. 2465Hook run only once per Emacs session, when @ccmode{} is initialized.
2466This is a good place to change key bindings (or add new ones) in any 2466This is a good place to change key bindings (or add new ones) in any
2467of the @ccmode{} key maps. @xref{Sample Init File}. 2467of the @ccmode{} key maps. @xref{Sample Init File}.
2468@end defvar 2468@end defvar
2469 2469
2470@defvar c-mode-common-hook 2470@defvar c-mode-common-hook
2471@vindex mode-common-hook (c-) 2471@vindex mode-common-hook @r{(c-)}
2472Common hook across all languages. It's run immediately before the 2472Common hook across all languages. It's run immediately before the
2473language specific hook. 2473language specific hook.
2474@end defvar 2474@end defvar
@@ -2528,7 +2528,7 @@ initialized.
2528 2528
2529@item 2529@item
2530@vindex c-old-style-variable-behavior 2530@vindex c-old-style-variable-behavior
2531@vindex old-style-variable-behavior (c-) 2531@vindex old-style-variable-behavior @r{(c-)}
2532The default global binding of any style variable (with two exceptions 2532The default global binding of any style variable (with two exceptions
2533- see below) is the special symbol @code{set-from-style}. When the 2533- see below) is the special symbol @code{set-from-style}. When the
2534style system initializes a buffer-local copy of a style variable for a 2534style system initializes a buffer-local copy of a style variable for a
@@ -2724,7 +2724,7 @@ To set a buffer's style interactively, use the command @kbd{C-c .}
2724list, @ref{File Styles}. 2724list, @ref{File Styles}.
2725 2725
2726@defopt c-default-style 2726@defopt c-default-style
2727@vindex default-style (c-) 2727@vindex default-style @r{(c-)}
2728This variable specifies which style to install by default in new 2728This variable specifies which style to install by default in new
2729buffers. It takes either a style name string, or an association list 2729buffers. It takes either a style name string, or an association list
2730of major mode symbols to style names: 2730of major mode symbols to style names:
@@ -2757,7 +2757,7 @@ The standard value of @code{c-default-style} is @w{@code{((java-mode
2757@end defopt 2757@end defopt
2758 2758
2759@defvar c-indentation-style 2759@defvar c-indentation-style
2760@vindex indentation-style (c-) 2760@vindex indentation-style @r{(c-)}
2761This variable always contains the buffer's current style name, as a 2761This variable always contains the buffer's current style name, as a
2762string. 2762string.
2763@end defvar 2763@end defvar
@@ -2827,7 +2827,7 @@ should never modify this variable directly. Instead, @ccmode{}
2827provides the function @code{c-add-style} for this purpose. 2827provides the function @code{c-add-style} for this purpose.
2828 2828
2829@defun c-add-style stylename description &optional set-p 2829@defun c-add-style stylename description &optional set-p
2830@findex add-style (c-) 2830@findex add-style @r{(c-)}
2831Add or update a style called @var{stylename}, a string. 2831Add or update a style called @var{stylename}, a string.
2832@var{description} is the new style definition in the form described 2832@var{description} is the new style definition in the form described
2833above. If @var{stylename} already exists in @code{c-style-alist} then 2833above. If @var{stylename} already exists in @code{c-style-alist} then
@@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ style can be added and automatically set. @xref{Sample Init File}.
2845@end defun 2845@end defun
2846 2846
2847@defvar c-style-alist 2847@defvar c-style-alist
2848@vindex style-alist (c-) 2848@vindex style-alist @r{(c-)}
2849This is the variable that holds the definitions for the styles. It 2849This is the variable that holds the definitions for the styles. It
2850should not be changed directly; use @code{c-add-style} instead. 2850should not be changed directly; use @code{c-add-style} instead.
2851@end defvar 2851@end defvar
@@ -2881,9 +2881,9 @@ You can then set the guessed style in any @ccmode{} buffer with
2881@findex c-guess-no-install 2881@findex c-guess-no-install
2882@findex c-guess-buffer-no-install 2882@findex c-guess-buffer-no-install
2883@findex c-guess-region-no-install 2883@findex c-guess-region-no-install
2884@findex guess-no-install (c-) 2884@findex guess-no-install @r{(c-)}
2885@findex guess-buffer-no-install (c-) 2885@findex guess-buffer-no-install @r{(c-)}
2886@findex guess-region-no-install (c-) 2886@findex guess-region-no-install @r{(c-)}
2887These commands analyze a part of the current buffer and guess the 2887These commands analyze a part of the current buffer and guess the
2888style from it. 2888style from it.
2889 2889
@@ -2904,9 +2904,9 @@ guesses before forming the guessed style.
2904@findex c-guess 2904@findex c-guess
2905@findex c-guess-buffer 2905@findex c-guess-buffer
2906@findex c-guess-region 2906@findex c-guess-region
2907@findex guess (c-) 2907@findex guess @r{(c-)}
2908@findex guess-buffer (c-) 2908@findex guess-buffer @r{(c-)}
2909@findex guess-region (c-) 2909@findex guess-region @r{(c-)}
2910These commands analyze a part of the current buffer, guess the style 2910These commands analyze a part of the current buffer, guess the style
2911from it, then install the guessed style on the buffer. The guessed 2911from it, then install the guessed style on the buffer. The guessed
2912style is given a name based on the buffer's absolute file name, and 2912style is given a name based on the buffer's absolute file name, and
@@ -2922,14 +2922,14 @@ guesses before forming the guessed style.
2922@end table 2922@end table
2923 2923
2924@defopt c-guess-region-max 2924@defopt c-guess-region-max
2925@vindex guess-region-max (c-) 2925@vindex guess-region-max @r{(c-)}
2926This variable, default 50000, is the size in bytes of the buffer 2926This variable, default 50000, is the size in bytes of the buffer
2927portion examined by c-guess and c-guess-no-install. If set to 2927portion examined by c-guess and c-guess-no-install. If set to
2928@code{nil}, the entire buffer is examined. 2928@code{nil}, the entire buffer is examined.
2929@end defopt 2929@end defopt
2930 2930
2931@defopt c-guess-offset-threshold 2931@defopt c-guess-offset-threshold
2932@vindex guess-offset-threshold (c-) 2932@vindex guess-offset-threshold @r{(c-)}
2933This variable, default 10, is the maximum offset, either outwards or 2933This variable, default 10, is the maximum offset, either outwards or
2934inwards, which will be taken into account by the analysis process. 2934inwards, which will be taken into account by the analysis process.
2935Any offset bigger than this will be ignored. For no limit, set this 2935Any offset bigger than this will be ignored. For no limit, set this
@@ -2939,7 +2939,7 @@ variable to a large number.
2939@table @asis 2939@table @asis
2940@item @kbd{M-x c-guess-install} 2940@item @kbd{M-x c-guess-install}
2941@findex c-guess-install 2941@findex c-guess-install
2942@findex guess-install (c-) 2942@findex guess-install @r{(c-)}
2943 2943
2944Set the current buffer's style to the guessed style. This prompts you 2944Set the current buffer's style to the guessed style. This prompts you
2945to enter an optional new style name to give to the guessed style. By 2945to enter an optional new style name to give to the guessed style. By
@@ -2948,7 +2948,7 @@ can then use this style like any other.
2948 2948
2949@item @kbd{M-x c-guess-view} 2949@item @kbd{M-x c-guess-view}
2950@findex c-guess-view 2950@findex c-guess-view
2951@findex guess-view (c-) 2951@findex guess-view @r{(c-)}
2952Display the most recently guessed style in a temporary buffer. This 2952Display the most recently guessed style in a temporary buffer. This
2953display is in the form of a @code{c-add-style} form (@pxref{Adding 2953display is in the form of a @code{c-add-style} form (@pxref{Adding
2954Styles}) which can be easily copied to your @file{.emacs}. You will 2954Styles}) which can be easily copied to your @file{.emacs}. You will
@@ -2994,14 +2994,14 @@ Don't use them anywhere else! These allow you to customize the style
2994on a per-file basis: 2994on a per-file basis:
2995 2995
2996@defvar c-file-style 2996@defvar c-file-style
2997@vindex file-style (c-) 2997@vindex file-style @r{(c-)}
2998Set this variable to a style name string in the Local Variables list. 2998Set this variable to a style name string in the Local Variables list.
2999From now on, when you visit the file, @ccmode{} will automatically set 2999From now on, when you visit the file, @ccmode{} will automatically set
3000the file's style to this one using @code{c-set-style}. 3000the file's style to this one using @code{c-set-style}.
3001@end defvar 3001@end defvar
3002 3002
3003@defvar c-file-offsets 3003@defvar c-file-offsets
3004@vindex file-offsets (c-) 3004@vindex file-offsets @r{(c-)}
3005Set this variable (in the Local Variables list) to an association list 3005Set this variable (in the Local Variables list) to an association list
3006of the same format as @code{c-offsets-alist}. From now on, when you 3006of the same format as @code{c-offsets-alist}. From now on, when you
3007visit the file, @ccmode{} will automatically institute these offsets 3007visit the file, @ccmode{} will automatically institute these offsets
@@ -3034,7 +3034,7 @@ this by hooking in on the different line breaking functions and tuning
3034relevant variables as necessary. 3034relevant variables as necessary.
3035 3035
3036@vindex c-comment-prefix-regexp 3036@vindex c-comment-prefix-regexp
3037@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-) 3037@vindex comment-prefix-regexp @r{(c-)}
3038@cindex comment line prefix 3038@cindex comment line prefix
3039@vindex comment-start 3039@vindex comment-start
3040@vindex comment-end 3040@vindex comment-end
@@ -3055,7 +3055,7 @@ variables@footnote{@code{comment-start}, @code{comment-end},
3055according to the language syntax and the comment line prefix. 3055according to the language syntax and the comment line prefix.
3056 3056
3057@defopt c-comment-prefix-regexp 3057@defopt c-comment-prefix-regexp
3058@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-) 3058@vindex comment-prefix-regexp @r{(c-)}
3059This style variable contains the regexp used to recognize the 3059This style variable contains the regexp used to recognize the
3060@dfn{comment line prefix}, which is the line decoration that starts 3060@dfn{comment line prefix}, which is the line decoration that starts
3061every line in a comment. The variable is either the comment line 3061every line in a comment. The variable is either the comment line
@@ -3092,7 +3092,7 @@ this variable, please make sure it still matches the comment starter
3092block comments. 3092block comments.
3093 3093
3094@findex c-setup-paragraph-variables 3094@findex c-setup-paragraph-variables
3095@findex setup-paragraph-variables (c-) 3095@findex setup-paragraph-variables @r{(c-)}
3096Also note that since @ccmode{} uses the value of 3096Also note that since @ccmode{} uses the value of
3097@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to set up several other variables at 3097@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to set up several other variables at
3098mode initialization, there won't be any effect if you just change it 3098mode initialization, there won't be any effect if you just change it
@@ -3128,7 +3128,7 @@ margins of the texts kept intact:
3128@end example 3128@end example
3129 3129
3130@findex c-setup-filladapt 3130@findex c-setup-filladapt
3131@findex setup-filladapt (c-) 3131@findex setup-filladapt @r{(c-)}
3132@findex filladapt-mode 3132@findex filladapt-mode
3133@vindex filladapt-mode 3133@vindex filladapt-mode
3134@cindex Filladapt mode 3134@cindex Filladapt mode
@@ -3153,9 +3153,9 @@ something like this in your @file{.emacs}:
3153@end example 3153@end example
3154 3154
3155@defopt c-block-comment-prefix 3155@defopt c-block-comment-prefix
3156@vindex block-comment-prefix (c-) 3156@vindex block-comment-prefix @r{(c-)}
3157@vindex c-comment-continuation-stars 3157@vindex c-comment-continuation-stars
3158@vindex comment-continuation-stars (c-) 3158@vindex comment-continuation-stars @r{(c-)}
3159Normally the comment line prefix inserted for a new line inside a 3159Normally the comment line prefix inserted for a new line inside a
3160comment is deduced from other lines in it. However there's one 3160comment is deduced from other lines in it. However there's one
3161situation when there's no hint about what the prefix should look like, 3161situation when there's no hint about what the prefix should look like,
@@ -3193,7 +3193,7 @@ most common comment styles, see @ref{Line-Up Functions}.
3193@end defopt 3193@end defopt
3194 3194
3195@defopt c-ignore-auto-fill 3195@defopt c-ignore-auto-fill
3196@vindex ignore-auto-fill (c-) 3196@vindex ignore-auto-fill @r{(c-)}
3197When auto fill mode is enabled, @ccmode{} can selectively ignore it 3197When auto fill mode is enabled, @ccmode{} can selectively ignore it
3198depending on the context the line break would occur in, e.g., to never 3198depending on the context the line break would occur in, e.g., to never
3199break a line automatically inside a string literal. This variable 3199break a line automatically inside a string literal. This variable
@@ -3346,7 +3346,7 @@ newline both before and after the brace. In place of a
3346is useful when the auto newlines depend on the code around the brace. 3346is useful when the auto newlines depend on the code around the brace.
3347 3347
3348@defopt c-hanging-braces-alist 3348@defopt c-hanging-braces-alist
3349@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-) 3349@vindex hanging-braces-alist @r{(c-)}
3350 3350
3351This variable is an association list which maps syntactic symbols to 3351This variable is an association list which maps syntactic symbols to
3352lists of places to insert a newline. @xref{Association 3352lists of places to insert a newline. @xref{Association
@@ -3454,7 +3454,7 @@ themselves.
3454@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 3454@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3455 3455
3456@vindex c-hanging-braces-alist 3456@vindex c-hanging-braces-alist
3457@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-) 3457@vindex hanging-braces-alist @r{(c-)}
3458@cindex action functions 3458@cindex action functions
3459Syntactic symbols aren't the only place where you can customize 3459Syntactic symbols aren't the only place where you can customize
3460@ccmode{} with the lisp equivalent of callback functions. Remember 3460@ccmode{} with the lisp equivalent of callback functions. Remember
@@ -3475,7 +3475,7 @@ some combination of @code{before} and @code{after}, including neither
3475of them (i.e., @code{nil}). 3475of them (i.e., @code{nil}).
3476 3476
3477@defvar c-syntactic-context 3477@defvar c-syntactic-context
3478@vindex syntactic-context (c-) 3478@vindex syntactic-context @r{(c-)}
3479During the call to the indentation or brace hanging @var{action} 3479During the call to the indentation or brace hanging @var{action}
3480function, this variable is bound to the full syntactic analysis list. 3480function, this variable is bound to the full syntactic analysis list.
3481This might be, for example, @samp{((block-close 73))}. Don't ever 3481This might be, for example, @samp{((block-close 73))}. Don't ever
@@ -3528,7 +3528,7 @@ associate the @code{block-close} symbol with the @var{action} function
3528@end example 3528@end example
3529 3529
3530@findex c-snug-do-while 3530@findex c-snug-do-while
3531@findex snug-do-while (c-) 3531@findex snug-do-while @r{(c-)}
3532This function simply looks to see if the brace closes a ``do-while'' 3532This function simply looks to see if the brace closes a ``do-while''
3533clause and if so, returns the list @samp{(before)} indicating 3533clause and if so, returns the list @samp{(before)} indicating
3534that a newline should be inserted before the brace, but not after it. 3534that a newline should be inserted before the brace, but not after it.
@@ -3544,7 +3544,7 @@ that the brace appears on a line by itself.
3544 3544
3545@cindex customization, colon hanging 3545@cindex customization, colon hanging
3546@vindex c-hanging-colons-alist 3546@vindex c-hanging-colons-alist
3547@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-) 3547@vindex hanging-colons-alist @r{(c-)}
3548 3548
3549Using a mechanism similar to brace hanging (@pxref{Hanging Braces}), 3549Using a mechanism similar to brace hanging (@pxref{Hanging Braces}),
3550colons can also be made to hang using the style variable 3550colons can also be made to hang using the style variable
@@ -3556,7 +3556,7 @@ syntactic symbol in the alist, no newlines are inserted around the
3556newly typed colon. 3556newly typed colon.
3557 3557
3558@defopt c-hanging-colons-alist 3558@defopt c-hanging-colons-alist
3559@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-) 3559@vindex hanging-colons-alist @r{(c-)}
3560 3560
3561@table @asis 3561@table @asis
3562@item The Key: the syntactic symbol 3562@item The Key: the syntactic symbol
@@ -3589,7 +3589,7 @@ them are controlled by a different mechanism, called @dfn{clean-ups} in
3589@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 3589@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3590 3590
3591@defopt c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria 3591@defopt c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria
3592@vindex hanging-semi&comma-criteria (c-) 3592@vindex hanging-semi&comma-criteria @r{(c-)}
3593This style variable takes a list of functions; these get called when 3593This style variable takes a list of functions; these get called when
3594you type a semicolon or comma. The functions are called in order 3594you type a semicolon or comma. The functions are called in order
3595without arguments. When these functions are entered, point is just 3595without arguments. When these functions are entered, point is just
@@ -3624,7 +3624,7 @@ semicolons, apart from those separating @code{for}-clause statements.
3624@end defopt 3624@end defopt
3625 3625
3626@defun c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks 3626@defun c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks
3627@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks (c-) 3627@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks @r{(c-)}
3628This is an example of a criteria function, provided by @ccmode{}. It 3628This is an example of a criteria function, provided by @ccmode{}. It
3629prevents newlines from being inserted after semicolons when there is a 3629prevents newlines from being inserted after semicolons when there is a
3630non-blank following line. Otherwise, it makes no determination. To 3630non-blank following line. Otherwise, it makes no determination. To
@@ -3644,9 +3644,9 @@ use, add this function to the front of the
3644@end defun 3644@end defun
3645 3645
3646@defun c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist 3646@defun c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist
3647@findex semi&comma-inside-parenlist (c-) 3647@findex semi&comma-inside-parenlist @r{(c-)}
3648@defunx c-semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners 3648@defunx c-semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners
3649@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners (c-) 3649@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners @r{(c-)}
3650The function @code{c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist} is what prevents 3650The function @code{c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist} is what prevents
3651newlines from being inserted inside the parenthesis list of @code{for} 3651newlines from being inserted inside the parenthesis list of @code{for}
3652statements. In addition to 3652statements. In addition to
@@ -3687,7 +3687,7 @@ of the construct, and (apart from @code{comment-close-slash}) when the
3687construct does not occur within a literal (@pxref{Auto-newlines}). 3687construct does not occur within a literal (@pxref{Auto-newlines}).
3688 3688
3689@defopt c-cleanup-list 3689@defopt c-cleanup-list
3690@vindex cleanup-list (c-) 3690@vindex cleanup-list @r{(c-)}
3691@cindex literal 3691@cindex literal
3692 3692
3693You configure @ccmode{}'s clean-ups by setting the style variable 3693You configure @ccmode{}'s clean-ups by setting the style variable
@@ -3870,7 +3870,7 @@ BEGIN @{FS = "\t"@} # use <TAB> as a field separator
3870@end example 3870@end example
3871 3871
3872@defopt c-max-one-liner-length 3872@defopt c-max-one-liner-length
3873@vindex max-one-liner-length (c-) 3873@vindex max-one-liner-length @r{(c-)}
3874The maximum length of the resulting line for which the clean-up 3874The maximum length of the resulting line for which the clean-up
3875@code{one-liner-defun} will be triggered. This length is that of the entire 3875@code{one-liner-defun} will be triggered. This length is that of the entire
3876line, including any leading whitespace and any trailing comment. Its 3876line, including any leading whitespace and any trailing comment. Its
@@ -3953,7 +3953,7 @@ it by setting @code{c-syntactic-indentation} to @code{nil}. (To set
3953the variable interactively, @ref{Minor Modes}). 3953the variable interactively, @ref{Minor Modes}).
3954 3954
3955@defopt c-syntactic-indentation 3955@defopt c-syntactic-indentation
3956@vindex syntactic-indentation (c-) 3956@vindex syntactic-indentation @r{(c-)}
3957When this is non-@code{nil} (which it is by default), the indentation 3957When this is non-@code{nil} (which it is by default), the indentation
3958of code is done according to its syntactic structure. When it's 3958of code is done according to its syntactic structure. When it's
3959@code{nil}, every line is just indented to the same level as the 3959@code{nil}, every line is just indented to the same level as the
@@ -3988,7 +3988,7 @@ Line-up functions (@pxref{Custom Line-Up}) or in functions on
3988@code{c-special-indent-hook} (@pxref{Other Indentation}). 3988@code{c-special-indent-hook} (@pxref{Other Indentation}).
3989 3989
3990@defun c-guess-basic-syntax 3990@defun c-guess-basic-syntax
3991@findex guess-basic-syntax (c-) 3991@findex guess-basic-syntax @r{(c-)}
3992Determine the syntactic context of the current line. 3992Determine the syntactic context of the current line.
3993@end defun 3993@end defun
3994 3994
@@ -4042,7 +4042,7 @@ report what the syntactic analysis is for the current line:
4042@item @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{c-show-syntactic-information}) 4042@item @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{c-show-syntactic-information})
4043@kindex C-c C-s 4043@kindex C-c C-s
4044@findex c-show-syntactic-information 4044@findex c-show-syntactic-information
4045@findex show-syntactic-information (c-) 4045@findex show-syntactic-information @r{(c-)}
4046This command calculates the syntactic analysis of the current line and 4046This command calculates the syntactic analysis of the current line and
4047displays it in the minibuffer. The command also highlights the anchor 4047displays it in the minibuffer. The command also highlights the anchor
4048position(s). 4048position(s).
@@ -4138,7 +4138,7 @@ anchor position.
4138 4138
4139@cindex syntactic symbols, brief list 4139@cindex syntactic symbols, brief list
4140@vindex c-offsets-alist 4140@vindex c-offsets-alist
4141@vindex offsets-alist (c-) 4141@vindex offsets-alist @r{(c-)}
4142This section is a complete list of the syntactic symbols which appear 4142This section is a complete list of the syntactic symbols which appear
4143in the @code{c-offsets-alist} style variable, along with brief 4143in the @code{c-offsets-alist} style variable, along with brief
4144descriptions. The previous section (@pxref{Syntactic Analysis}) 4144descriptions. The previous section (@pxref{Syntactic Analysis})
@@ -5284,7 +5284,7 @@ The simplest and most used kind of ``offset'' setting in
5284@code{c-basic-offset}: 5284@code{c-basic-offset}:
5285 5285
5286@defopt c-basic-offset 5286@defopt c-basic-offset
5287@vindex basic-offset (c-) 5287@vindex basic-offset @r{(c-)}
5288This style variable holds the basic offset between indentation levels. 5288This style variable holds the basic offset between indentation levels.
5289It's factory default is 4, but all the built-in styles set it 5289It's factory default is 4, but all the built-in styles set it
5290themselves, to some value between 2 (for @code{gnu} style) and 8 (for 5290themselves, to some value between 2 (for @code{gnu} style) and 8 (for
@@ -5322,7 +5322,7 @@ indentation. Details of how to set it up, and its relationship to
5322@ccmode{}'s style system are given in @ref{Style Variables}. 5322@ccmode{}'s style system are given in @ref{Style Variables}.
5323 5323
5324@defopt c-offsets-alist 5324@defopt c-offsets-alist
5325@vindex offsets-alist (c-) 5325@vindex offsets-alist @r{(c-)}
5326This is an alist which associates an offset with each syntactic 5326This is an alist which associates an offset with each syntactic
5327symbol. This @dfn{offset} is a rule specifying how to indent a line 5327symbol. This @dfn{offset} is a rule specifying how to indent a line
5328whose syntactic context matches the symbol. @xref{Syntactic 5328whose syntactic context matches the symbol. @xref{Syntactic
@@ -5355,7 +5355,7 @@ of these kinds of offsets:
5355@end defopt 5355@end defopt
5356 5356
5357@deffn Command c-set-offset (@kbd{C-c C-o}) 5357@deffn Command c-set-offset (@kbd{C-c C-o})
5358@findex set-offset (c-) 5358@findex set-offset @r{(c-)}
5359@kindex C-c C-o 5359@kindex C-c C-o
5360This command changes the entry for a syntactic symbol in the current 5360This command changes the entry for a syntactic symbol in the current
5361binding of @code{c-offsets-alist}, or it inserts a new entry if there 5361binding of @code{c-offsets-alist}, or it inserts a new entry if there
@@ -5470,7 +5470,7 @@ will be combined according to the method @code{first}.
5470@end table 5470@end table
5471 5471
5472@vindex c-strict-syntax-p 5472@vindex c-strict-syntax-p
5473@vindex strict-syntax-p (c-) 5473@vindex strict-syntax-p @r{(c-)}
5474If an offset specification evaluates to @code{nil}, then a relative 5474If an offset specification evaluates to @code{nil}, then a relative
5475offset of 0 (zero) is used@footnote{There is however a variable 5475offset of 0 (zero) is used@footnote{There is however a variable
5476@code{c-strict-syntax-p} that when set to non-@code{nil} will cause an 5476@code{c-strict-syntax-p} that when set to non-@code{nil} will cause an
@@ -5575,7 +5575,7 @@ adjustments.
5575 5575
5576@c Move this bit to "Styles" (2005/10/7) 5576@c Move this bit to "Styles" (2005/10/7)
5577@deffn Command c-set-offset symbol offset 5577@deffn Command c-set-offset symbol offset
5578@findex set-offset (c-) 5578@findex set-offset @r{(c-)}
5579@kindex C-c C-o 5579@kindex C-c C-o
5580This is the command bound to @kbd{C-c C-o}. It provides a convenient 5580This is the command bound to @kbd{C-c C-o}. It provides a convenient
5581way to set offsets on @code{c-offsets-alist} both interactively (see 5581way to set offsets on @code{c-offsets-alist} both interactively (see
@@ -5671,7 +5671,7 @@ The line-up functions here calculate the indentation for braces,
5671parentheses and statements within brace blocks. 5671parentheses and statements within brace blocks.
5672 5672
5673@defun c-lineup-close-paren 5673@defun c-lineup-close-paren
5674@findex lineup-close-paren (c-) 5674@findex lineup-close-paren @r{(c-)}
5675Line up the closing paren under its corresponding open paren if the 5675Line up the closing paren under its corresponding open paren if the
5676open paren is followed by code. If the open paren ends its line, no 5676open paren is followed by code. If the open paren ends its line, no
5677indentation is added. E.g.: 5677indentation is added. E.g.:
@@ -5707,7 +5707,7 @@ open parenthesis of the argument list, the indentation is
5707 5707
5708@anchor{c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren} 5708@anchor{c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren}
5709@defun c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren 5709@defun c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren
5710@findex lineup-arglist-close-under-paren (c-) 5710@findex lineup-arglist-close-under-paren @r{(c-)}
5711Set your @code{arglist-close} syntactic symbol to this line-up function 5711Set your @code{arglist-close} syntactic symbol to this line-up function
5712so that parentheses that close argument lists will line up under the 5712so that parentheses that close argument lists will line up under the
5713parenthesis that opened the argument list. It can also be used with 5713parenthesis that opened the argument list. It can also be used with
@@ -5727,7 +5727,7 @@ discussion of this ``DWIM'' measure.
5727@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 5727@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5728 5728
5729@defun c-indent-one-line-block 5729@defun c-indent-one-line-block
5730@findex indent-one-line-block (c-) 5730@findex indent-one-line-block @r{(c-)}
5731Indent a one line block @code{c-basic-offset} extra. E.g.: 5731Indent a one line block @code{c-basic-offset} extra. E.g.:
5732 5732
5733@example 5733@example
@@ -5761,7 +5761,7 @@ which makes the function usable in list expressions.
5761@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 5761@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5762 5762
5763@defun c-indent-multi-line-block 5763@defun c-indent-multi-line-block
5764@findex indent-multi-line-block (c-) 5764@findex indent-multi-line-block @r{(c-)}
5765Indent a multiline block @code{c-basic-offset} extra. E.g.: 5765Indent a multiline block @code{c-basic-offset} extra. E.g.:
5766 5766
5767@example 5767@example
@@ -5797,7 +5797,7 @@ block, which makes the function usable in list expressions.
5797@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 5797@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5798 5798
5799@defun c-lineup-runin-statements 5799@defun c-lineup-runin-statements
5800@findex lineup-runin-statements (c-) 5800@findex lineup-runin-statements @r{(c-)}
5801Line up statements for coding standards which place the first statement 5801Line up statements for coding standards which place the first statement
5802in a block on the same line as the block opening brace@footnote{Run-in 5802in a block on the same line as the block opening brace@footnote{Run-in
5803style doesn't really work too well. You might need to write your own 5803style doesn't really work too well. You might need to write your own
@@ -5822,7 +5822,7 @@ expressions.
5822@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 5822@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5823 5823
5824@defun c-lineup-inexpr-block 5824@defun c-lineup-inexpr-block
5825@findex lineup-inexpr-block (c-) 5825@findex lineup-inexpr-block @r{(c-)}
5826This can be used with the in-expression block symbols to indent the 5826This can be used with the in-expression block symbols to indent the
5827whole block to the column where the construct is started. E.g., for Java 5827whole block to the column where the construct is started. E.g., for Java
5828anonymous classes, this lines up the class under the @samp{new} keyword, 5828anonymous classes, this lines up the class under the @samp{new} keyword,
@@ -5837,7 +5837,7 @@ construct.
5837@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 5837@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5838 5838
5839@defun c-lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks 5839@defun c-lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks
5840@findex lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks (c-) 5840@findex lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks @r{(c-)}
5841Compensate for Whitesmith style indentation of blocks. Due to the way 5841Compensate for Whitesmith style indentation of blocks. Due to the way
5842@ccmode{} calculates anchor positions for normal lines inside blocks, 5842@ccmode{} calculates anchor positions for normal lines inside blocks,
5843this function is necessary for those lines to get correct Whitesmith 5843this function is necessary for those lines to get correct Whitesmith
@@ -5882,7 +5882,7 @@ indents relative to the surrounding block just like
5882@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 5882@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5883 5883
5884@defun c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block 5884@defun c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block
5885@findex lineup-whitesmith-in-block (c-) 5885@findex lineup-whitesmith-in-block @r{(c-)}
5886Line up lines inside a block in Whitesmith style. It's done in a way 5886Line up lines inside a block in Whitesmith style. It's done in a way
5887that works both when the opening brace hangs and when it doesn't. E.g.: 5887that works both when the opening brace hangs and when it doesn't. E.g.:
5888 5888
@@ -5932,7 +5932,7 @@ for indenting a close parenthesis, is also useful for the lines
5932contained within parentheses. 5932contained within parentheses.
5933 5933
5934@defun c-lineup-arglist 5934@defun c-lineup-arglist
5935@findex lineup-arglist (c-) 5935@findex lineup-arglist @r{(c-)}
5936Line up the current argument line under the first argument. 5936Line up the current argument line under the first argument.
5937 5937
5938As a special case, if an argument on the same line as the open 5938As a special case, if an argument on the same line as the open
@@ -5960,7 +5960,7 @@ indent such cases this way.
5960@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 5960@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5961 5961
5962@defun c-lineup-arglist-intro-after-paren 5962@defun c-lineup-arglist-intro-after-paren
5963@findex lineup-arglist-intro-after-paren (c-) 5963@findex lineup-arglist-intro-after-paren @r{(c-)}
5964Line up a line to just after the open paren of the surrounding paren or 5964Line up a line to just after the open paren of the surrounding paren or
5965brace block. 5965brace block.
5966 5966
@@ -5972,7 +5972,7 @@ brace block.
5972@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 5972@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5973 5973
5974@defun c-lineup-multi-inher 5974@defun c-lineup-multi-inher
5975@findex lineup-multi-inher (c-) 5975@findex lineup-multi-inher @r{(c-)}
5976Line up the classes in C++ multiple inheritance clauses and member 5976Line up the classes in C++ multiple inheritance clauses and member
5977initializers under each other. E.g.: 5977initializers under each other. E.g.:
5978 5978
@@ -6012,7 +6012,7 @@ Foo::Foo (int a, int b)
6012@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6012@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6013 6013
6014@defun c-lineup-java-inher 6014@defun c-lineup-java-inher
6015@findex lineup-java-inher (c-) 6015@findex lineup-java-inher @r{(c-)}
6016Line up Java implements and extends declarations. If class names 6016Line up Java implements and extends declarations. If class names
6017follow on the same line as the @samp{implements}/@samp{extends} 6017follow on the same line as the @samp{implements}/@samp{extends}
6018keyword, they are lined up under each other. Otherwise, they are 6018keyword, they are lined up under each other. Otherwise, they are
@@ -6045,7 +6045,7 @@ class Foo
6045@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6045@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6046 6046
6047@defun c-lineup-java-throws 6047@defun c-lineup-java-throws
6048@findex lineup-java-throws (c-) 6048@findex lineup-java-throws @r{(c-)}
6049Line up Java throws declarations. If exception names follow on the 6049Line up Java throws declarations. If exception names follow on the
6050same line as the throws keyword, they are lined up under each other. 6050same line as the throws keyword, they are lined up under each other.
6051Otherwise, they are indented by adding @code{c-basic-offset} to the 6051Otherwise, they are indented by adding @code{c-basic-offset} to the
@@ -6079,7 +6079,7 @@ int foo() throws Cyphr,
6079@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6079@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6080 6080
6081@defun c-lineup-template-args 6081@defun c-lineup-template-args
6082@findex lineup-template-args (c-) 6082@findex lineup-template-args @r{(c-)}
6083Line up the arguments of a template argument list under each other, but 6083Line up the arguments of a template argument list under each other, but
6084only in the case where the first argument is on the same line as the 6084only in the case where the first argument is on the same line as the
6085opening @samp{<}. 6085opening @samp{<}.
@@ -6093,7 +6093,7 @@ returned if there's no template argument on the first line.
6093@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6093@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6094 6094
6095@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-call 6095@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-call
6096@findex lineup-ObjC-method-call (c-) 6096@findex lineup-ObjC-method-call @r{(c-)}
6097For Objective-C code, line up selector args as Emacs Lisp mode does 6097For Objective-C code, line up selector args as Emacs Lisp mode does
6098with function args: go to the position right after the message receiver, 6098with function args: go to the position right after the message receiver,
6099and if you are at the end of the line, indent the current line 6099and if you are at the end of the line, indent the current line
@@ -6107,7 +6107,7 @@ lineup the current line with it.
6107@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6107@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6108 6108
6109@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args 6109@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args
6110@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args (c-) 6110@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args @r{(c-)}
6111For Objective-C code, line up the colons that separate args. The colon 6111For Objective-C code, line up the colons that separate args. The colon
6112on the current line is aligned with the one on the first line. 6112on the current line is aligned with the one on the first line.
6113 6113
@@ -6117,7 +6117,7 @@ on the current line is aligned with the one on the first line.
6117@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6117@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6118 6118
6119@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args-2 6119@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args-2
6120@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args-2 (c-) 6120@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args-2 @r{(c-)}
6121Similar to @code{c-lineup-ObjC-method-args} but lines up the colon on 6121Similar to @code{c-lineup-ObjC-method-args} but lines up the colon on
6122the current line with the colon on the previous line. 6122the current line with the colon on the previous line.
6123 6123
@@ -6135,7 +6135,7 @@ start with an operator, by lining it up with something on the previous
6135line. 6135line.
6136 6136
6137@defun c-lineup-argcont 6137@defun c-lineup-argcont
6138@findex lineup-argcont (c-) 6138@findex lineup-argcont @r{(c-)}
6139Line up a continued argument. E.g.: 6139Line up a continued argument. E.g.:
6140 6140
6141@example 6141@example
@@ -6158,7 +6158,7 @@ expressions for the operands.
6158@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6158@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6159 6159
6160@defun c-lineup-arglist-operators 6160@defun c-lineup-arglist-operators
6161@findex lineup-arglist-operators (c-) 6161@findex lineup-arglist-operators @r{(c-)}
6162Line up lines starting with an infix operator under the open paren. 6162Line up lines starting with an infix operator under the open paren.
6163Return @code{nil} on lines that don't start with an operator, to leave 6163Return @code{nil} on lines that don't start with an operator, to leave
6164those cases to other line-up functions. Example: 6164those cases to other line-up functions. Example:
@@ -6192,7 +6192,7 @@ suggestion to get a consistent style):
6192@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6192@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6193 6193
6194@defun c-lineup-assignments 6194@defun c-lineup-assignments
6195@findex lineup-assignments (c-) 6195@findex lineup-assignments @r{(c-)}
6196Line up the current line after the assignment operator on the first line 6196Line up the current line after the assignment operator on the first line
6197in the statement. If there isn't any, return @code{nil} to allow stacking with 6197in the statement. If there isn't any, return @code{nil} to allow stacking with
6198other line-up functions. If the current line contains an assignment 6198other line-up functions. If the current line contains an assignment
@@ -6206,7 +6206,7 @@ operator too, try to align it with the first one.
6206@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6206@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6207 6207
6208@defun c-lineup-math 6208@defun c-lineup-math
6209@findex lineup-math (c-) 6209@findex lineup-math @r{(c-)}
6210Like @code{c-lineup-assignments} but indent with @code{c-basic-offset} 6210Like @code{c-lineup-assignments} but indent with @code{c-basic-offset}
6211if no assignment operator was found on the first line. I.e., this 6211if no assignment operator was found on the first line. I.e., this
6212function is the same as specifying a list @code{(c-lineup-assignments 6212function is the same as specifying a list @code{(c-lineup-assignments
@@ -6219,7 +6219,7 @@ function is the same as specifying a list @code{(c-lineup-assignments
6219@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6219@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6220 6220
6221@defun c-lineup-cascaded-calls 6221@defun c-lineup-cascaded-calls
6222@findex lineup-cascaded-calls (c-) 6222@findex lineup-cascaded-calls @r{(c-)}
6223Line up ``cascaded calls'' under each other. If the line begins with 6223Line up ``cascaded calls'' under each other. If the line begins with
6224@code{->} or @code{.} and the preceding line ends with one or more 6224@code{->} or @code{.} and the preceding line ends with one or more
6225function calls preceded by the same token, then the arrow is lined up 6225function calls preceded by the same token, then the arrow is lined up
@@ -6243,7 +6243,7 @@ expressions.
6243@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6243@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6244 6244
6245@defun c-lineup-streamop 6245@defun c-lineup-streamop
6246@findex lineup-streamop (c-) 6246@findex lineup-streamop @r{(c-)}
6247Line up C++ stream operators (i.e., @samp{<<} and @samp{>>}). 6247Line up C++ stream operators (i.e., @samp{<<} and @samp{>>}).
6248 6248
6249@workswith @code{stream-op}. 6249@workswith @code{stream-op}.
@@ -6252,7 +6252,7 @@ Line up C++ stream operators (i.e., @samp{<<} and @samp{>>}).
6252@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6252@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6253 6253
6254@defun c-lineup-string-cont 6254@defun c-lineup-string-cont
6255@findex lineup-string-cont (c-) 6255@findex lineup-string-cont @r{(c-)}
6256Line up a continued string under the one it continues. A continued 6256Line up a continued string under the one it continues. A continued
6257string in this sense is where a string literal follows directly after 6257string in this sense is where a string literal follows directly after
6258another one. E.g.: 6258another one. E.g.:
@@ -6282,7 +6282,7 @@ The lineup functions here calculate the indentation for several types
6282of comment structure. 6282of comment structure.
6283 6283
6284@defun c-lineup-C-comments 6284@defun c-lineup-C-comments
6285@findex lineup-C-comments (c-) 6285@findex lineup-C-comments @r{(c-)}
6286Line up C block comment continuation lines. Various heuristics are used 6286Line up C block comment continuation lines. Various heuristics are used
6287to handle most of the common comment styles. Some examples: 6287to handle most of the common comment styles. Some examples:
6288 6288
@@ -6334,13 +6334,13 @@ line inside a comment.
6334@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6334@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6335 6335
6336@defun c-lineup-comment 6336@defun c-lineup-comment
6337@findex lineup-comment (c-) 6337@findex lineup-comment @r{(c-)}
6338Line up a comment-only line according to the style variable 6338Line up a comment-only line according to the style variable
6339@code{c-comment-only-line-offset}. If the comment is lined up with a 6339@code{c-comment-only-line-offset}. If the comment is lined up with a
6340comment starter on the previous line, that alignment is preserved. 6340comment starter on the previous line, that alignment is preserved.
6341 6341
6342@defopt c-comment-only-line-offset 6342@defopt c-comment-only-line-offset
6343@vindex comment-only-line-offset (c-) 6343@vindex comment-only-line-offset @r{(c-)}
6344This style variable specifies the extra offset for the line. It can 6344This style variable specifies the extra offset for the line. It can
6345contain an integer or a cons cell of the form 6345contain an integer or a cons cell of the form
6346 6346
@@ -6361,7 +6361,7 @@ is equivalent to @code{(@r{@var{value}} . -1000)}.
6361@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6361@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6362 6362
6363@defun c-lineup-knr-region-comment 6363@defun c-lineup-knr-region-comment
6364@findex lineup-knr-region-comment (c-) 6364@findex lineup-knr-region-comment @r{(c-)}
6365Line up a comment in the ``K&R region'' with the declaration. That is 6365Line up a comment in the ``K&R region'' with the declaration. That is
6366the region between the function or class header and the beginning of the 6366the region between the function or class header and the beginning of the
6367block. E.g.: 6367block. E.g.:
@@ -6392,7 +6392,7 @@ The line-up functions here are the odds and ends which didn't fit into
6392any earlier category. 6392any earlier category.
6393 6393
6394@defun c-lineup-dont-change 6394@defun c-lineup-dont-change
6395@findex lineup-dont-change (c-) 6395@findex lineup-dont-change @r{(c-)}
6396This lineup function makes the line stay at whatever indentation it 6396This lineup function makes the line stay at whatever indentation it
6397already has; think of it as an identity function for lineups. 6397already has; think of it as an identity function for lineups.
6398 6398
@@ -6413,7 +6413,7 @@ disregarded.
6413@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6413@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6414 6414
6415@defun c-lineup-cpp-define 6415@defun c-lineup-cpp-define
6416@findex lineup-cpp-define (c-) 6416@findex lineup-cpp-define @r{(c-)}
6417Line up macro continuation lines according to the indentation of the 6417Line up macro continuation lines according to the indentation of the
6418construct preceding the macro. E.g.: 6418construct preceding the macro. E.g.:
6419 6419
@@ -6502,7 +6502,7 @@ described above.
6502@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6502@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6503 6503
6504@defun c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg 6504@defun c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg
6505@findex lineup-gcc-asm-reg (c-) 6505@findex lineup-gcc-asm-reg @r{(c-)}
6506Line up a gcc asm register under one on a previous line. 6506Line up a gcc asm register under one on a previous line.
6507 6507
6508@example 6508@example
@@ -6534,7 +6534,7 @@ arglist lineups, e.g.:
6534@comment ------------------------------------------------------------ 6534@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6535 6535
6536@defun c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont 6536@defun c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont
6537@findex lineup-topmost-intro-cont (c-) 6537@findex lineup-topmost-intro-cont @r{(c-)}
6538Line up declaration continuation lines zero or one indentation 6538Line up declaration continuation lines zero or one indentation
6539step@footnote{This function is mainly provided to mimic the behavior of 6539step@footnote{This function is mainly provided to mimic the behavior of
6540CC Mode 5.28 and earlier where this case wasn't handled consistently so 6540CC Mode 5.28 and earlier where this case wasn't handled consistently so
@@ -6644,9 +6644,9 @@ your setup for this by using the access functions
6644(@code{c-langelem-sym}, etc.)@: described below. 6644(@code{c-langelem-sym}, etc.)@: described below.
6645 6645
6646@vindex c-syntactic-element 6646@vindex c-syntactic-element
6647@vindex syntactic-element (c-) 6647@vindex syntactic-element @r{(c-)}
6648@vindex c-syntactic-context 6648@vindex c-syntactic-context
6649@vindex syntactic-context (c-) 6649@vindex syntactic-context @r{(c-)}
6650Some syntactic symbols, e.g., @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, have more 6650Some syntactic symbols, e.g., @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, have more
6651info in the syntactic element: typically other positions that can be 6651info in the syntactic element: typically other positions that can be
6652interesting besides the anchor position. That info can't be accessed 6652interesting besides the anchor position. That info can't be accessed
@@ -6664,24 +6664,24 @@ used in the line-up function argument and the new list form used in
6664@code{c-syntactic-element} and everywhere else. The functions are: 6664@code{c-syntactic-element} and everywhere else. The functions are:
6665 6665
6666@defun c-langelem-sym langelem 6666@defun c-langelem-sym langelem
6667@findex langelem-sym (c-) 6667@findex langelem-sym @r{(c-)}
6668Return the syntactic symbol in @var{langelem}. 6668Return the syntactic symbol in @var{langelem}.
6669@end defun 6669@end defun
6670 6670
6671@defun c-langelem-pos langelem 6671@defun c-langelem-pos langelem
6672@findex langelem-pos (c-) 6672@findex langelem-pos @r{(c-)}
6673Return the anchor position in @var{langelem}, or @code{nil} if there is none. 6673Return the anchor position in @var{langelem}, or @code{nil} if there is none.
6674@end defun 6674@end defun
6675 6675
6676@defun c-langelem-col langelem &optional preserve-point 6676@defun c-langelem-col langelem &optional preserve-point
6677@findex langelem-col (c-) 6677@findex langelem-col @r{(c-)}
6678Return the column of the anchor position in @var{langelem}. Also move 6678Return the column of the anchor position in @var{langelem}. Also move
6679the point to that position unless @var{preserve-point} is 6679the point to that position unless @var{preserve-point} is
6680non-@code{nil}. 6680non-@code{nil}.
6681@end defun 6681@end defun
6682 6682
6683@defun c-langelem-2nd-pos langelem 6683@defun c-langelem-2nd-pos langelem
6684@findex langelem-2nd-pos (c-) 6684@findex langelem-2nd-pos @r{(c-)}
6685Return the secondary position in @var{langelem}, or @code{nil} if there 6685Return the secondary position in @var{langelem}, or @code{nil} if there
6686is none. 6686is none.
6687 6687
@@ -6712,20 +6712,20 @@ see @xref{Macros with ;}.
6712Here are the remaining odds and ends regarding indentation: 6712Here are the remaining odds and ends regarding indentation:
6713 6713
6714@defopt c-label-minimum-indentation 6714@defopt c-label-minimum-indentation
6715@vindex label-minimum-indentation (c-) 6715@vindex label-minimum-indentation @r{(c-)}
6716In @samp{gnu} style (@pxref{Built-in Styles}), a minimum indentation is 6716In @samp{gnu} style (@pxref{Built-in Styles}), a minimum indentation is
6717imposed on lines inside code blocks. This minimum indentation is 6717imposed on lines inside code blocks. This minimum indentation is
6718controlled by this style variable. The default value is 1. 6718controlled by this style variable. The default value is 1.
6719 6719
6720@findex c-gnu-impose-minimum 6720@findex c-gnu-impose-minimum
6721@findex gnu-impose-minimum (c-) 6721@findex gnu-impose-minimum @r{(c-)}
6722It's the function @code{c-gnu-impose-minimum} that enforces this minimum 6722It's the function @code{c-gnu-impose-minimum} that enforces this minimum
6723indentation. It must be present on @code{c-special-indent-hook} to 6723indentation. It must be present on @code{c-special-indent-hook} to
6724work. 6724work.
6725@end defopt 6725@end defopt
6726 6726
6727@defopt c-special-indent-hook 6727@defopt c-special-indent-hook
6728@vindex special-indent-hook (c-) 6728@vindex special-indent-hook @r{(c-)}
6729This style variable is a standard hook variable that is called after 6729This style variable is a standard hook variable that is called after
6730every line is indented by @ccmode{}. It is called only if 6730every line is indented by @ccmode{}. It is called only if
6731@code{c-syntactic-indentation} is non-@code{nil} (which it is by 6731@code{c-syntactic-indentation} is non-@code{nil} (which it is by
@@ -6772,7 +6772,7 @@ each other as though they were code. You can suppress this behavior
6772by setting the following user option: 6772by setting the following user option:
6773 6773
6774@defopt c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros 6774@defopt c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros
6775@vindex syntactic-indentation-in-macros (c-) 6775@vindex syntactic-indentation-in-macros @r{(c-)}
6776Enable syntactic analysis inside macros, which is the default. If this 6776Enable syntactic analysis inside macros, which is the default. If this
6777is @code{nil}, all lines inside macro definitions are analyzed as 6777is @code{nil}, all lines inside macro definitions are analyzed as
6778@code{cpp-macro-cont}. 6778@code{cpp-macro-cont}.
@@ -6808,9 +6808,9 @@ backslashes in macros neat and tidy. Their precise action is
6808customized with these variables: 6808customized with these variables:
6809 6809
6810@defopt c-backslash-column 6810@defopt c-backslash-column
6811@vindex backslash-column (c-) 6811@vindex backslash-column @r{(c-)}
6812@defoptx c-backslash-max-column 6812@defoptx c-backslash-max-column
6813@vindex backslash-max-column (c-) 6813@vindex backslash-max-column @r{(c-)}
6814These variables control the alignment columns for line continuation 6814These variables control the alignment columns for line continuation
6815backslashes in multiline macros. They are used by the functions that 6815backslashes in multiline macros. They are used by the functions that
6816automatically insert or align such backslashes, 6816automatically insert or align such backslashes,
@@ -6831,7 +6831,7 @@ the automatic alignment of backslashes, use
6831@end defopt 6831@end defopt
6832 6832
6833@defopt c-auto-align-backslashes 6833@defopt c-auto-align-backslashes
6834@vindex auto-align-backslashes (c-) 6834@vindex auto-align-backslashes @r{(c-)}
6835Align automatically inserted line continuation backslashes if 6835Align automatically inserted line continuation backslashes if
6836non-@code{nil}. When line continuation backslashes are inserted 6836non-@code{nil}. When line continuation backslashes are inserted
6837automatically for line breaks in multiline macros, e.g., by 6837automatically for line breaks in multiline macros, e.g., by
@@ -6862,7 +6862,7 @@ You can prevent these by specifying which macros have semicolons. It
6862doesn't matter whether or not such a macro has a parameter list: 6862doesn't matter whether or not such a macro has a parameter list:
6863 6863
6864@defopt c-macro-names-with-semicolon 6864@defopt c-macro-names-with-semicolon
6865@vindex macro-names-with-semicolon (c-) 6865@vindex macro-names-with-semicolon @r{(c-)}
6866This buffer-local variable specifies which macros have semicolons. 6866This buffer-local variable specifies which macros have semicolons.
6867After setting its value, you need to call 6867After setting its value, you need to call
6868@code{c-make-macro-with-semi-re} for it to take effect. It should be 6868@code{c-make-macro-with-semi-re} for it to take effect. It should be
@@ -6894,7 +6894,7 @@ example:
6894@end defopt 6894@end defopt
6895 6895
6896@defun c-make-macro-with-semi-re 6896@defun c-make-macro-with-semi-re
6897@findex make-macro-with-semi-re (c-) 6897@findex make-macro-with-semi-re @r{(c-)}
6898Call this (non-interactive) function, which sets internal variables, 6898Call this (non-interactive) function, which sets internal variables,
6899each time you change the value of @code{c-macro-names-with-semicolon} 6899each time you change the value of @code{c-macro-names-with-semicolon}
6900after the major mode function has run. It takes no arguments, and its 6900after the major mode function has run. It takes no arguments, and its
@@ -6921,7 +6921,7 @@ can prevent this confusion by specifying the identifiers which
6921constitute noise macros. 6921constitute noise macros.
6922 6922
6923@defopt c-noise-macro-names 6923@defopt c-noise-macro-names
6924@vindex noise-macro-names (c-) 6924@vindex noise-macro-names @r{(c-)}
6925This variable is a list of names of noise macros which never have 6925This variable is a list of names of noise macros which never have
6926parenthesized arguments. Each element is a string, and must be a 6926parenthesized arguments. Each element is a string, and must be a
6927valid identifier. An element in @code{c-noise-macro-names} must not 6927valid identifier. An element in @code{c-noise-macro-names} must not
@@ -6930,7 +6930,7 @@ treated as whitespace by @ccmode{}.
6930@end defopt 6930@end defopt
6931 6931
6932@defopt c-noise-macro-with-parens-names 6932@defopt c-noise-macro-with-parens-names
6933@vindex noise-macro-with-parens-names (c-) 6933@vindex noise-macro-with-parens-names @r{(c-)}
6934This variable is a list of names of noise macros which optionally have 6934This variable is a list of names of noise macros which optionally have
6935arguments in parentheses. Each element of the list is a string, and 6935arguments in parentheses. Each element of the list is a string, and
6936must be a valid identifier. An element in 6936must be a valid identifier. An element in
@@ -6949,7 +6949,7 @@ but doing so is OK.
6949@end defopt 6949@end defopt
6950 6950
6951@defun c-make-noise-macro-regexps 6951@defun c-make-noise-macro-regexps
6952@findex make-noise-macro-regexps (c-) 6952@findex make-noise-macro-regexps @r{(c-)}
6953Call this (non-interactive) function, which sets internal variables, 6953Call this (non-interactive) function, which sets internal variables,
6954on changing the value of @code{c-noise-macro-names} or 6954on changing the value of @code{c-noise-macro-names} or
6955@code{c-noise-macro-with-parens-names} after the major mode's function 6955@code{c-noise-macro-with-parens-names} after the major mode's function
@@ -6966,7 +6966,7 @@ after the mode hooks have run.
6966The stuff that didn't fit in anywhere else is documented here. 6966The stuff that didn't fit in anywhere else is documented here.
6967 6967
6968@defopt c-require-final-newline 6968@defopt c-require-final-newline
6969@vindex require-final-newline (c-) 6969@vindex require-final-newline @r{(c-)}
6970Controls whether a final newline is enforced when the file is saved. 6970Controls whether a final newline is enforced when the file is saved.
6971The value is an association list that for each language mode specifies 6971The value is an association list that for each language mode specifies
6972the value to give to @code{require-final-newline} (@pxref{Saving 6972the value to give to @code{require-final-newline} (@pxref{Saving
@@ -6980,7 +6980,7 @@ These are C, C++ and Objective-C.
6980@end defopt 6980@end defopt
6981 6981
6982@defopt c-echo-syntactic-information-p 6982@defopt c-echo-syntactic-information-p
6983@vindex echo-syntactic-information-p (c-) 6983@vindex echo-syntactic-information-p @r{(c-)}
6984If non-@code{nil}, the syntactic analysis for the current line is shown 6984If non-@code{nil}, the syntactic analysis for the current line is shown
6985in the echo area when it's indented (unless 6985in the echo area when it's indented (unless
6986@code{c-syntactic-indentation} is @code{nil}). That's useful when 6986@code{c-syntactic-indentation} is @code{nil}). That's useful when
@@ -6989,7 +6989,7 @@ want.
6989@end defopt 6989@end defopt
6990 6990
6991@defopt c-report-syntactic-errors 6991@defopt c-report-syntactic-errors
6992@vindex report-syntactic-errors (c-) 6992@vindex report-syntactic-errors @r{(c-)}
6993If non-@code{nil}, certain syntactic errors are reported with a ding and 6993If non-@code{nil}, certain syntactic errors are reported with a ding and
6994a message, for example when an @code{else} is indented for which there 6994a message, for example when an @code{else} is indented for which there
6995is no corresponding @code{if}. 6995is no corresponding @code{if}.
@@ -7106,7 +7106,7 @@ except perhaps when you've just moved a long way inside the file.
7106 7106
7107@findex defun-prompt-regexp 7107@findex defun-prompt-regexp
7108@vindex c-Java-defun-prompt-regexp 7108@vindex c-Java-defun-prompt-regexp
7109@vindex Java-defun-prompt-regexp (c-) 7109@vindex Java-defun-prompt-regexp @r{(c-)}
7110A special note about @code{defun-prompt-regexp} in Java mode: The common 7110A special note about @code{defun-prompt-regexp} in Java mode: The common
7111style is to hang the opening braces of functions and classes on the 7111style is to hang the opening braces of functions and classes on the
7112right side of the line, and that doesn't work well with the Emacs 7112right side of the line, and that doesn't work well with the Emacs
@@ -7132,7 +7132,7 @@ typically gives good performance even when the code doesn't fit the
7132Emacs approach to finding the defun starts. 7132Emacs approach to finding the defun starts.
7133 7133
7134@vindex c-enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p 7134@vindex c-enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p
7135@vindex enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p (c-) 7135@vindex enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p @r{(c-)}
7136XEmacs users can set the variable 7136XEmacs users can set the variable
7137@code{c-enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p} to non-@code{nil}. This 7137@code{c-enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p} to non-@code{nil}. This
7138tells @ccmode{} to use XEmacs-specific built-in functions which, in some 7138tells @ccmode{} to use XEmacs-specific built-in functions which, in some
@@ -7390,7 +7390,7 @@ compatibility, etc.@: are all available on the web site:
7390 7390
7391@kindex C-c C-b 7391@kindex C-c C-b
7392@findex c-submit-bug-report 7392@findex c-submit-bug-report
7393@findex submit-bug-report (c-) 7393@findex submit-bug-report @r{(c-)}
7394To report bugs, use the @kbd{C-c C-b} (bound to 7394To report bugs, use the @kbd{C-c C-b} (bound to
7395@code{c-submit-bug-report}) command. This provides vital information 7395@code{c-submit-bug-report}) command. This provides vital information
7396we need to reproduce your problem. Make sure you include a concise, 7396we need to reproduce your problem. Make sure you include a concise,
diff --git a/doc/misc/dired-x.texi b/doc/misc/dired-x.texi
index 8c613080c3f..130c06b40e8 100644
--- a/doc/misc/dired-x.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/dired-x.texi
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ A non-@code{nil} value means that @samp{-q} is passed to @code{gzip}
640overriding a verbose option in the @env{GZIP} environment variable. 640overriding a verbose option in the @env{GZIP} environment variable.
641 641
642@item dired-guess-shell-znew-switches nil 642@item dired-guess-shell-znew-switches nil
643@vindex dired-guess-shell-znew-switches nil 643@vindex dired-guess-shell-znew-switches
644@cindex @code{znew} 644@cindex @code{znew}
645Default: @code{nil} 645Default: @code{nil}
646 646
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ A string of switches passed to @code{znew}. An example is
649smaller than the @file{.gz} file. 649smaller than the @file{.gz} file.
650 650
651@item dired-shell-command-history nil 651@item dired-shell-command-history nil
652@vindex dired-shell-command-history nil 652@vindex dired-shell-command-history
653 653
654History list for commands that read dired-shell commands. 654History list for commands that read dired-shell commands.
655@end table 655@end table
diff --git a/doc/misc/ediff.texi b/doc/misc/ediff.texi
index 3547af3e4f5..e488fc07f8e 100644
--- a/doc/misc/ediff.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/ediff.texi
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ file name will be appended to that directory. In addition, if the variable
345@code{ediff-use-last-dir} is not @code{nil}, Ediff will offer 345@code{ediff-use-last-dir} is not @code{nil}, Ediff will offer
346previously entered directories as defaults (which will be maintained 346previously entered directories as defaults (which will be maintained
347separately for each type of file, A, B, or C). 347separately for each type of file, A, B, or C).
348@vindex @code{ediff-use-last-dir} 348@vindex ediff-use-last-dir
349 349
350All the above functions use the POSIX @code{diff} or @code{diff3} programs 350All the above functions use the POSIX @code{diff} or @code{diff3} programs
351to find differences between two files. They process the @code{diff} output 351to find differences between two files. They process the @code{diff} output
@@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ versions only permit @option{-b}, which (usually) assumes the
1924extension @file{.orig}. Yet others force you to use 1924extension @file{.orig}. Yet others force you to use
1925@option{-z@var{extension}}. 1925@option{-z@var{extension}}.
1926 1926
1927Both @code{ediff-backup-extension} and @var{ediff-backup-specs} must 1927Both @code{ediff-backup-extension} and @code{ediff-backup-specs} must
1928be properly set. If your patch program takes the option @option{-b}, 1928be properly set. If your patch program takes the option @option{-b},
1929but not @option{-b @var{extension}}, the variable 1929but not @option{-b @var{extension}}, the variable
1930@code{ediff-backup-extension} must still be set so Ediff will know 1930@code{ediff-backup-extension} must still be set so Ediff will know
@@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ version control, Ediff first tries to check the file out.
2304If @code{t}, all variant buffers are made read-only at Ediff startup. 2304If @code{t}, all variant buffers are made read-only at Ediff startup.
2305 2305
2306@item ediff-keep-variants 2306@item ediff-keep-variants
2307@vindex @code{ediff-keep-variants} 2307@vindex ediff-keep-variants
2308The default is @code{t}, meaning that the buffers being compared or merged will 2308The default is @code{t}, meaning that the buffers being compared or merged will
2309be preserved when Ediff quits. Setting this to @code{nil} causes Ediff to 2309be preserved when Ediff quits. Setting this to @code{nil} causes Ediff to
2310offer the user a chance to delete these buffers (if they are not modified). 2310offer the user a chance to delete these buffers (if they are not modified).
@@ -2323,14 +2323,14 @@ Using @code{ediff-cleanup-hook}, one can make Ediff delete the variants
2323unconditionally (e.g., by making @code{ediff-janitor} into one of these hooks). 2323unconditionally (e.g., by making @code{ediff-janitor} into one of these hooks).
2324 2324
2325@item ediff-keep-tmp-versions 2325@item ediff-keep-tmp-versions
2326@vindex @code{ediff-keep-tmp-versions} 2326@vindex ediff-keep-tmp-versions
2327Default is @code{nil}. If @code{t}, the versions of the files being 2327Default is @code{nil}. If @code{t}, the versions of the files being
2328compared or merged using operations such as @code{ediff-revision} or 2328compared or merged using operations such as @code{ediff-revision} or
2329@code{ediff-merge-revisions} are not deleted on exit. The normal action is 2329@code{ediff-merge-revisions} are not deleted on exit. The normal action is
2330to clean up and delete these version files. 2330to clean up and delete these version files.
2331 2331
2332@item ediff-grab-mouse 2332@item ediff-grab-mouse
2333@vindex @code{ediff-grab-mouse} 2333@vindex ediff-grab-mouse
2334Default is @code{t}. Normally, Ediff grabs mouse and puts it in its 2334Default is @code{t}. Normally, Ediff grabs mouse and puts it in its
2335control frame. This is useful since the user can be sure that when he 2335control frame. This is useful since the user can be sure that when he
2336needs to type an Ediff command the focus will be in an appropriate Ediff's 2336needs to type an Ediff command the focus will be in an appropriate Ediff's
diff --git a/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi b/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi
index 26135b81de7..4175c88754e 100644
--- a/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ You want Scoring. Scoring means, that you define rules
915which assign each message an integer value. Depending on 915which assign each message an integer value. Depending on
916the value the message is highlighted in summary buffer (if 916the value the message is highlighted in summary buffer (if
917it's high, say +2000) or automatically marked read (if the 917it's high, say +2000) or automatically marked read (if the
918value is low, say -800) or some other action happens. 918value is low, say @minus{}800) or some other action happens.
919 919
920There are basically three ways of setting up rules which assign 920There are basically three ways of setting up rules which assign
921the scoring-value to messages. The first and easiest way is to set 921the scoring-value to messages. The first and easiest way is to set
diff --git a/doc/misc/gnus.texi b/doc/misc/gnus.texi
index da455f3a9dd..17fbe0e3e39 100644
--- a/doc/misc/gnus.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/gnus.texi
@@ -20281,13 +20281,13 @@ will be applied to each article.
20281 20281
20282To take @code{gnus-del-mark} as an example---this alist says that all 20282To take @code{gnus-del-mark} as an example---this alist says that all
20283articles that have that mark (i.e., are marked with @samp{e}) will have a 20283articles that have that mark (i.e., are marked with @samp{e}) will have a
20284score entry added to lower based on the @code{From} header by -4, and 20284score entry added to lower based on the @code{From} header by @minus{}4, and
20285lowered by @code{Subject} by -1. Change this to fit your prejudices. 20285lowered by @code{Subject} by @minus{}1. Change this to fit your prejudices.
20286 20286
20287If you have marked 10 articles with the same subject with 20287If you have marked 10 articles with the same subject with
20288@code{gnus-del-mark}, the rule for that mark will be applied ten times. 20288@code{gnus-del-mark}, the rule for that mark will be applied ten times.
20289That means that that subject will get a score of ten times -1, which 20289That means that that subject will get a score of ten times @minus{}1, which
20290should be, unless I'm much mistaken, -10. 20290should be, unless I'm much mistaken, @minus{}10.
20291 20291
20292If you have auto-expirable (mail) groups (@pxref{Expiring Mail}), all 20292If you have auto-expirable (mail) groups (@pxref{Expiring Mail}), all
20293the read articles will be marked with the @samp{E} mark. This'll 20293the read articles will be marked with the @samp{E} mark. This'll
@@ -20302,7 +20302,7 @@ on the @code{References} header using the @code{Message-ID} of the
20302current article, thereby matching the following thread. 20302current article, thereby matching the following thread.
20303 20303
20304If you use this scheme, you should set the score file atom @code{mark} 20304If you use this scheme, you should set the score file atom @code{mark}
20305to something small---like -300, perhaps, to avoid having small random 20305to something small---like @minus{}300, perhaps, to avoid having small random
20306changes result in articles getting marked as read. 20306changes result in articles getting marked as read.
20307 20307
20308After using adaptive scoring for a week or so, Gnus should start to 20308After using adaptive scoring for a week or so, Gnus should start to
@@ -21078,7 +21078,7 @@ and `gnus-score-decay-scale'."
21078 21078
21079@enumerate 21079@enumerate
21080@item 21080@item
21081Scores between -3 and 3 will be set to 0 when this function is called. 21081Scores between @minus{}3 and 3 will be set to 0 when this function is called.
21082 21082
21083@item 21083@item
21084Scores with magnitudes between 3 and 60 will be shrunk by 3. 21084Scores with magnitudes between 3 and 60 will be shrunk by 3.
diff --git a/doc/misc/mh-e.texi b/doc/misc/mh-e.texi
index 29caefd9f07..5f0cc32cc48 100644
--- a/doc/misc/mh-e.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/mh-e.texi
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ your initials. (Unless, of course, your initials happen to be @emph{mh}!)
1163@cindex customizing MH-E 1163@cindex customizing MH-E
1164@cindex setting options 1164@cindex setting options
1165@findex customize-option 1165@findex customize-option
1166@vindex mh-lpr-command-format, example 1166@vindex mh-lpr-command-format@r{, example}
1167 1167
1168Many string or integer options are easy to modify using @kbd{M-x 1168Many string or integer options are easy to modify using @kbd{M-x
1169customize-option}. For example, to modify the option that controls 1169customize-option}. For example, to modify the option that controls
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ Sessions}. To read more about @code{mh-lpr-command-format}, see
1181@cindex option, turning on and off 1181@cindex option, turning on and off
1182@cindex t 1182@cindex t
1183@findex customize-option 1183@findex customize-option
1184@vindex mh-bury-show-buffer-flag, example 1184@vindex mh-bury-show-buffer-flag@r{, example}
1185 1185
1186Options can also hold boolean values. In Emacs Lisp, the boolean 1186Options can also hold boolean values. In Emacs Lisp, the boolean
1187values are @code{nil}, which means false, and @code{t}, which means 1187values are @code{nil}, which means false, and @code{t}, which means
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ the @samp{Erase Customization} menu item to reset the option to the
1196default, which places the MH-Show buffer at the bottom of the buffer 1196default, which places the MH-Show buffer at the bottom of the buffer
1197stack. 1197stack.
1198 1198
1199@vindex mh-mhl-format-file, example 1199@vindex mh-mhl-format-file@r{, example}
1200 1200
1201The text usually says to turn on an option by setting it to a 1201The text usually says to turn on an option by setting it to a
1202@emph{non-@code{nil}} value, because sometimes values other than 1202@emph{non-@code{nil}} value, because sometimes values other than
@@ -1520,9 +1520,9 @@ after running @kbd{M-x mh-rmail} the first time or when you've changed
1520the message numbers from outside of MH-E. 1520the message numbers from outside of MH-E.
1521 1521
1522@findex mh-execute-commands 1522@findex mh-execute-commands
1523@findex mh-rescan-folder, example 1523@findex mh-rescan-folder@r{, example}
1524@findex mh-show, example 1524@findex mh-show@r{, example}
1525@vindex mh-inc-folder-hook, example 1525@vindex mh-inc-folder-hook@r{, example}
1526 1526
1527@smalllisp 1527@smalllisp
1528@group 1528@group
@@ -3175,7 +3175,7 @@ code to @file{~/.emacs}.
3175@filbreak 3175@filbreak
3176@end iftex 3176@end iftex
3177 3177
3178@findex mh-rmail, example 3178@findex mh-rmail@r{, example}
3179 3179
3180@smalllisp 3180@smalllisp
3181@group 3181@group
@@ -3490,7 +3490,7 @@ The hook @code{mh-folder-mode-hook} is called when visiting a new
3490folder in MH-Folder mode. This could be used to set your own key 3490folder in MH-Folder mode. This could be used to set your own key
3491bindings, for example: 3491bindings, for example:
3492 3492
3493@vindex mh-folder-mode-hook, example 3493@vindex mh-folder-mode-hook@r{, example}
3494 3494
3495@smalllisp 3495@smalllisp
3496@group 3496@group
@@ -3810,9 +3810,9 @@ again.
3810@findex mh-execute-commands 3810@findex mh-execute-commands
3811@kindex q 3811@kindex q
3812@vindex mh-before-quit-hook 3812@vindex mh-before-quit-hook
3813@vindex mh-before-quit-hook, example 3813@vindex mh-before-quit-hook@r{, example}
3814@vindex mh-quit-hook 3814@vindex mh-quit-hook
3815@vindex mh-quit-hook, example 3815@vindex mh-quit-hook@r{, example}
3816 3816
3817The two hooks @code{mh-before-quit-hook} and @code{mh-quit-hook} are 3817The two hooks @code{mh-before-quit-hook} and @code{mh-quit-hook} are
3818called by @kbd{q}. The former one is called before the quit occurs, so 3818called by @kbd{q}. The former one is called before the quit occurs, so
@@ -4099,7 +4099,7 @@ may have a complicated @file{components} file and need to tell MH-E
4099where the cursor should go. Here's an example of how you would use 4099where the cursor should go. Here's an example of how you would use
4100this hook. 4100this hook.
4101 4101
4102@findex mh-insert-signature, example 4102@findex mh-insert-signature@r{, example}
4103 4103
4104@smalllisp 4104@smalllisp
4105@group 4105@group
@@ -8478,7 +8478,7 @@ message according to MH; it also uses that column for notations.
8478 8478
8479@vindex mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag 8479@vindex mh-adaptive-cmd-note-flag
8480@vindex mh-scan-format-file 8480@vindex mh-scan-format-file
8481@vindex mh-scan-format-file, example 8481@vindex mh-scan-format-file@r{, example}
8482 8482
8483The first thing you have to do is tell MH-E to use this file. 8483The first thing you have to do is tell MH-E to use this file.
8484Customize @code{mh-scan-format-file} and set its value to @samp{Use 8484Customize @code{mh-scan-format-file} and set its value to @samp{Use
@@ -8488,7 +8488,7 @@ Default scan Format}. If you didn't get already turn off
8488Next, tell MH-E what a valid scan line looks like so that you can at 8488Next, tell MH-E what a valid scan line looks like so that you can at
8489least display the output of scan in your MH-Folder buffer. 8489least display the output of scan in your MH-Folder buffer.
8490 8490
8491@vindex mh-scan-valid-regexp, example 8491@vindex mh-scan-valid-regexp@r{, example}
8492 8492
8493@smalllisp 8493@smalllisp
8494(setq mh-scan-valid-regexp "[0-9]+[+D^ ]$") 8494(setq mh-scan-valid-regexp "[0-9]+[+D^ ]$")
@@ -8499,8 +8499,8 @@ message, you need to tell MH-E how to access the message number. You
8499should also see why MH-E requires that you include a message number in 8499should also see why MH-E requires that you include a message number in
8500the first place. 8500the first place.
8501 8501
8502@vindex mh-scan-msg-number-regexp, example 8502@vindex mh-scan-msg-number-regexp@r{, example}
8503@vindex mh-scan-msg-search-regexp, example 8503@vindex mh-scan-msg-search-regexp@r{, example}
8504 8504
8505@smalllisp 8505@smalllisp
8506(setq mh-scan-msg-number-regexp "^.* \\([0-9]+\\)[+D^ ]$") 8506(setq mh-scan-msg-number-regexp "^.* \\([0-9]+\\)[+D^ ]$")
@@ -8509,7 +8509,7 @@ the first place.
8509 8509
8510In order to get the next and previous commands working, add this. 8510In order to get the next and previous commands working, add this.
8511 8511
8512@vindex mh-scan-good-msg-regexp, example 8512@vindex mh-scan-good-msg-regexp@r{, example}
8513 8513
8514@smalllisp 8514@smalllisp
8515(setq mh-scan-good-msg-regexp "^.* \\([0-9]+\\)[+D^ ]$") 8515(setq mh-scan-good-msg-regexp "^.* \\([0-9]+\\)[+D^ ]$")
@@ -8519,8 +8519,8 @@ Note that the current message isn't marked with a @samp{+} when moving
8519between the next and previous messages. Here is the code required to 8519between the next and previous messages. Here is the code required to
8520get this working. 8520get this working.
8521 8521
8522@vindex set-mh-cmd-note, example 8522@vindex set-mh-cmd-note@r{, example}
8523@vindex mh-scan-cur-msg-number-regexp, example 8523@vindex mh-scan-cur-msg-number-regexp@r{, example}
8524 8524
8525@smalllisp 8525@smalllisp
8526(set-mh-cmd-note 76) 8526(set-mh-cmd-note 76)
@@ -8529,8 +8529,8 @@ get this working.
8529 8529
8530Finally, add the following to delete and refile messages. 8530Finally, add the following to delete and refile messages.
8531 8531
8532@vindex mh-scan-deleted-msg-regexp, example 8532@vindex mh-scan-deleted-msg-regexp@r{, example}
8533@vindex mh-scan-refiled-msg-regexp, example 8533@vindex mh-scan-refiled-msg-regexp@r{, example}
8534 8534
8535@smalllisp 8535@smalllisp
8536(setq mh-scan-deleted-msg-regexp "^.* \\([0-9]+\\)D$") 8536(setq mh-scan-deleted-msg-regexp "^.* \\([0-9]+\\)D$")
diff --git a/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi b/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi
index d0427eb5aa5..1163530e7a2 100644
--- a/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi
@@ -1331,13 +1331,13 @@ default.
1331 1331
1332@node Customizing Faces 1332@node Customizing Faces
1333@section Customizing Faces 1333@section Customizing Faces
1334@vindex cvs-header (face) 1334@vindex cvs-header @r{(face)}
1335@vindex cvs-filename (face) 1335@vindex cvs-filename @r{(face)}
1336@vindex cvs-unknown (face) 1336@vindex cvs-unknown @r{(face)}
1337@vindex cvs-handled (face) 1337@vindex cvs-handled @r{(face)}
1338@vindex cvs-need-action (face) 1338@vindex cvs-need-action @r{(face)}
1339@vindex cvs-marked (face) 1339@vindex cvs-marked @r{(face)}
1340@vindex cvs-msg (face) 1340@vindex cvs-msg @r{(face)}
1341 1341
1342PCL-CVS adds a few extra features, including menus, mouse bindings, and 1342PCL-CVS adds a few extra features, including menus, mouse bindings, and
1343fontification of the @file{*cvs*} buffer. The faces defined for 1343fontification of the @file{*cvs*} buffer. The faces defined for
diff --git a/doc/misc/reftex.texi b/doc/misc/reftex.texi
index 86329652ee0..55060d09b8c 100644
--- a/doc/misc/reftex.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/reftex.texi
@@ -1732,8 +1732,8 @@ seems inconvenient to you.@footnote{You could, e.g., bind
1732@cindex LaTeX packages, @code{varioref} 1732@cindex LaTeX packages, @code{varioref}
1733@cindex @code{fancyref}, LaTeX package 1733@cindex @code{fancyref}, LaTeX package
1734@cindex LaTeX packages, @code{fancyref} 1734@cindex LaTeX packages, @code{fancyref}
1735@vindex reftex-vref-is-default (deprecated) 1735@vindex reftex-vref-is-default @r{(deprecated)}
1736@vindex reftex-fref-is-default (deprecated) 1736@vindex reftex-fref-is-default @r{(deprecated)}
1737In former versions of @RefTeX{} only support for @code{varioref} and 1737In former versions of @RefTeX{} only support for @code{varioref} and
1738@code{fancyref} was included. @code{varioref} is a @LaTeX{} package to 1738@code{fancyref} was included. @code{varioref} is a @LaTeX{} package to
1739create cross-references with page information. @code{fancyref} is a 1739create cross-references with page information. @code{fancyref} is a
@@ -3295,11 +3295,11 @@ The following list describes the individual parts of the interface.
3295@itemize @bullet 3295@itemize @bullet
3296@item 3296@item
3297@findex reftex-label 3297@findex reftex-label
3298@vindex LaTeX-label-function, @r{AUCTeX} 3298@vindex LaTeX-label-function@r{, AUCTeX}
3299@kindex C-c C-e 3299@kindex C-c C-e
3300@kindex C-c C-s 3300@kindex C-c C-s
3301@findex LaTeX-section, @r{AUCTeX} 3301@findex LaTeX-section@r{, AUCTeX}
3302@findex TeX-insert-macro, @r{AUCTeX} 3302@findex TeX-insert-macro@r{, AUCTeX}
3303@b{@AUCTeX{} calls @code{reftex-label} to insert labels}@* 3303@b{@AUCTeX{} calls @code{reftex-label} to insert labels}@*
3304When a new section is created with @kbd{C-c C-s}, or a new environment 3304When a new section is created with @kbd{C-c C-s}, or a new environment
3305is inserted with @kbd{C-c C-e}, @AUCTeX{} normally prompts for a label to 3305is inserted with @kbd{C-c C-e}, @AUCTeX{} normally prompts for a label to
@@ -3327,14 +3327,14 @@ have to rescan the buffer in order to see it.
3327 3327
3328@item 3328@item
3329@findex reftex-arg-label 3329@findex reftex-arg-label
3330@findex TeX-arg-label, @r{AUCTeX function} 3330@findex TeX-arg-label@r{, AUCTeX function}
3331@findex reftex-arg-ref 3331@findex reftex-arg-ref
3332@findex TeX-arg-ref, @r{AUCTeX function} 3332@findex TeX-arg-ref@r{, AUCTeX function}
3333@findex reftex-arg-cite 3333@findex reftex-arg-cite
3334@findex TeX-arg-cite, @r{AUCTeX function} 3334@findex TeX-arg-cite@r{, AUCTeX function}
3335@findex reftex-arg-index 3335@findex reftex-arg-index
3336@findex TeX-arg-index, @r{AUCTeX function} 3336@findex TeX-arg-index@r{, AUCTeX function}
3337@findex TeX-insert-macro, @r{AUCTeX function} 3337@findex TeX-insert-macro@r{, AUCTeX function}
3338@kindex C-c @key{RET} 3338@kindex C-c @key{RET}
3339@b{@RefTeX{} supplies macro arguments}@* When you insert a macro 3339@b{@RefTeX{} supplies macro arguments}@* When you insert a macro
3340interactively with @kbd{C-c @key{RET}}, @AUCTeX{} normally prompts for 3340interactively with @kbd{C-c @key{RET}}, @AUCTeX{} normally prompts for
@@ -3357,7 +3357,7 @@ Labels}).
3357@node Style Files 3357@node Style Files
3358@subsection Style Files 3358@subsection Style Files
3359@cindex Style files, AUCTeX 3359@cindex Style files, AUCTeX
3360@findex TeX-add-style-hook, @r{AUCTeX} 3360@findex TeX-add-style-hook@r{, AUCTeX}
3361Style files are Emacs Lisp files which are evaluated by @AUCTeX{} in 3361Style files are Emacs Lisp files which are evaluated by @AUCTeX{} in
3362association with the @code{\documentclass} and @code{\usepackage} 3362association with the @code{\documentclass} and @code{\usepackage}
3363commands of a document (@pxref{Style Files,,,auctex}). Support for 3363commands of a document (@pxref{Style Files,,,auctex}). Support for
@@ -3396,7 +3396,7 @@ style file of @AUCTeX{} for example contains the following:
3396@end lisp 3396@end lisp
3397 3397
3398@noindent 3398@noindent
3399@findex LaTeX-add-environments, @r{AUCTeX} 3399@findex LaTeX-add-environments@r{, AUCTeX}
3400while a package @code{myprop} defining a @code{proposition} environment 3400while a package @code{myprop} defining a @code{proposition} environment
3401with @code{\newtheorem} might use 3401with @code{\newtheorem} might use
3402 3402
diff --git a/doc/misc/sc.texi b/doc/misc/sc.texi
index f214152b5f4..03ca842cd07 100644
--- a/doc/misc/sc.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/sc.texi
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Notice here that my inclusion of Jane's inclusion of John's original
274message did not result in a line cited with @samp{Jane>John>}. 274message did not result in a line cited with @samp{Jane>John>}.
275 275
276@vindex sc-nested-citation-p 276@vindex sc-nested-citation-p
277@vindex nested-citation-p (sc-) 277@vindex nested-citation-p @r{(sc-)}
278Supercite supports both styles of citation, and the variable 278Supercite supports both styles of citation, and the variable
279@code{sc-nested-citation-p} controls which style it will use when 279@code{sc-nested-citation-p} controls which style it will use when
280citing previously uncited text. When this variable is @code{nil} (the 280citing previously uncited text. When this variable is @code{nil} (the
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ directly user definable. The elements are concatenated together, in
292this order: 292this order:
293 293
294@cindex citation leader 294@cindex citation leader
295@vindex citation-leader (sc-) 295@vindex citation-leader @r{(sc-)}
296@vindex sc-citation-leader 296@vindex sc-citation-leader
297@enumerate 297@enumerate
298@item 298@item
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ headers, though you may be asked to confirm Supercite's choice.
309 309
310@cindex citation delimiter 310@cindex citation delimiter
311@vindex sc-citation-delimiter 311@vindex sc-citation-delimiter
312@vindex citation-delimiter (sc-) 312@vindex citation-delimiter @r{(sc-)}
313@item 313@item
314The @dfn{citation delimiter}. This string, contained in the variable 314The @dfn{citation delimiter}. This string, contained in the variable
315@code{sc-citation-delimiter} visually separates the citation from the 315@code{sc-citation-delimiter} visually separates the citation from the
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ text of the line. This variable has a default value of @code{">"} and
317for best results, the string should consist of only a single character. 317for best results, the string should consist of only a single character.
318 318
319@cindex citation separator 319@cindex citation separator
320@vindex citation-separator (sc-) 320@vindex citation-separator @r{(sc-)}
321@vindex sc-citation-separator 321@vindex sc-citation-separator
322@item 322@item
323The @dfn{citation separator}. The citation separator is contained in 323The @dfn{citation separator}. The citation separator is contained in
@@ -348,15 +348,15 @@ Recognition of cited lines is controlled by variables analogous to
348those that make up the citation string as mentioned previously. 348those that make up the citation string as mentioned previously.
349 349
350@vindex sc-citation-leader-regexp 350@vindex sc-citation-leader-regexp
351@vindex citation-leader-regexp (sc-) 351@vindex citation-leader-regexp @r{(sc-)}
352@vindex sc-citation-delimiter-regexp 352@vindex sc-citation-delimiter-regexp
353@vindex citation-delimiter-regexp (sc-) 353@vindex citation-delimiter-regexp @r{(sc-)}
354@vindex sc-citation-separator-regexp 354@vindex sc-citation-separator-regexp
355@vindex citation-separator-regexp (sc-) 355@vindex citation-separator-regexp @r{(sc-)}
356@vindex sc-citation-root-regexp 356@vindex sc-citation-root-regexp
357@vindex citation-root-regexp (sc-) 357@vindex citation-root-regexp @r{(sc-)}
358@vindex sc-citation-nonnested-root-regexp 358@vindex sc-citation-nonnested-root-regexp
359@vindex citation-nonnested-root-regexp (sc-) 359@vindex citation-nonnested-root-regexp @r{(sc-)}
360 360
361The variable @code{sc-citation-leader-regexp} describes how citation 361The variable @code{sc-citation-leader-regexp} describes how citation
362leaders can look, by default it matches any number of spaces or tabs. 362leaders can look, by default it matches any number of spaces or tabs.
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ change @code{sc-citation-root-regexp} you should always also change
388@cindex Info Alist 388@cindex Info Alist
389@cindex information extracted from mail fields 389@cindex information extracted from mail fields
390@findex sc-mail-field 390@findex sc-mail-field
391@findex mail-field (sc-) 391@findex mail-field @r{(sc-)}
392 392
393@dfn{Mail header information keys} are nuggets of information that 393@dfn{Mail header information keys} are nuggets of information that
394Supercite extracts from the various mail headers of the original 394Supercite extracts from the various mail headers of the original
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Subject:@: Better get out your asbestos suit
409@end example 409@end example
410 410
411@vindex sc-mumble 411@vindex sc-mumble
412@vindex mumble (sc-) 412@vindex mumble @r{(sc-)}
413@noindent 413@noindent
414then, the following lisp constructs return: 414then, the following lisp constructs return:
415 415
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ header.
513 513
514@cindex header rewrite functions 514@cindex header rewrite functions
515@vindex sc-rewrite-header-list 515@vindex sc-rewrite-header-list
516@vindex rewrite-header-list (sc-) 516@vindex rewrite-header-list @r{(sc-)}
517There are a number of built-in @dfn{header rewrite functions} supplied 517There are a number of built-in @dfn{header rewrite functions} supplied
518by Supercite, but you can write your own custom header rewrite 518by Supercite, but you can write your own custom header rewrite
519functions (perhaps using the built-in ones as examples). The variable 519functions (perhaps using the built-in ones as examples). The variable
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ reference header, and when displaying @dfn{electric references}.
523@xref{Electric References}. 523@xref{Electric References}.
524 524
525@vindex sc-preferred-header-style 525@vindex sc-preferred-header-style
526@vindex preferred-header-style (sc-) 526@vindex preferred-header-style @r{(sc-)}
527When Supercite is initially run on a reply buffer (via 527When Supercite is initially run on a reply buffer (via
528@code{sc-cite-original}), it will automatically call one of these 528@code{sc-cite-original}), it will automatically call one of these
529functions. The one it uses is defined in the variable 529functions. The one it uses is defined in the variable
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ below, @var{date} and @var{from} correspond to the values of the
544@samp{Date:@:} and @samp{From:@:} mail headers respectively. 544@samp{Date:@:} and @samp{From:@:} mail headers respectively.
545 545
546@vindex sc-reference-tag-string 546@vindex sc-reference-tag-string
547@vindex reference-tag-string (sc-) 547@vindex reference-tag-string @r{(sc-)}
548Also, the string @code{">>>>>"} below is really the value of the 548Also, the string @code{">>>>>"} below is really the value of the
549variable @code{sc-reference-tag-string}. This variable is used in all 549variable @code{sc-reference-tag-string}. This variable is used in all
550built-in header rewrite functions, and you can customize its value to 550built-in header rewrite functions, and you can customize its value to
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ problem either in your MUA or in Supercite's installation).
559 559
560@table @code 560@table @code
561@findex sc-no-header 561@findex sc-no-header
562@findex no-header (sc-) 562@findex no-header @r{(sc-)}
563@item sc-no-header 563@item sc-no-header
564This function produces no header. It should be used instead of 564This function produces no header. It should be used instead of
565@code{nil} to produce a blank header. This header can possibly 565@code{nil} to produce a blank header. This header can possibly
@@ -567,38 +567,38 @@ contain a blank line after the @code{mail-header-separator} line.
567 567
568@item sc-no-blank-line-or-header 568@item sc-no-blank-line-or-header
569@findex sc-no-blank-line-or-header 569@findex sc-no-blank-line-or-header
570@findex no-blank-line-or-header (sc-) 570@findex no-blank-line-or-header @r{(sc-)}
571This function is similar to @code{sc-no-header} except that any blank 571This function is similar to @code{sc-no-header} except that any blank
572line after the @code{mail-header-separator} line will be removed. 572line after the @code{mail-header-separator} line will be removed.
573 573
574@item sc-header-on-said 574@item sc-header-on-said
575@findex sc-header-on-said 575@findex sc-header-on-said
576@findex header-on-said (sc-) 576@findex header-on-said @r{(sc-)}
577@code{>>>>> On @var{date}, @var{from} said:} 577@code{>>>>> On @var{date}, @var{from} said:}
578 578
579@item sc-header-inarticle-writes 579@item sc-header-inarticle-writes
580@findex sc-header-inarticle-writes 580@findex sc-header-inarticle-writes
581@findex header-inarticle-writes (sc-) 581@findex header-inarticle-writes @r{(sc-)}
582@code{>>>>> In article @var{message-id}, @var{from} writes:} 582@code{>>>>> In article @var{message-id}, @var{from} writes:}
583 583
584@item sc-header-regarding-adds 584@item sc-header-regarding-adds
585@findex sc-header-regarding-adds 585@findex sc-header-regarding-adds
586@findex header-regarding-adds (sc-) 586@findex header-regarding-adds @r{(sc-)}
587@code{>>>>> Regarding @var{subject}; @var{from} adds:} 587@code{>>>>> Regarding @var{subject}; @var{from} adds:}
588 588
589@item sc-header-attributed-writes 589@item sc-header-attributed-writes
590@findex sc-header-attributed-writes 590@findex sc-header-attributed-writes
591@findex header-attributed-writes (sc-) 591@findex header-attributed-writes @r{(sc-)}
592@code{>>>>> "@var{sc-attribution}" == @var{sc-author} <@var{sc-reply-address}> writes:} 592@code{>>>>> "@var{sc-attribution}" == @var{sc-author} <@var{sc-reply-address}> writes:}
593 593
594@item sc-header-author-writes 594@item sc-header-author-writes
595@findex sc-header-author-writes 595@findex sc-header-author-writes
596@findex header-author-writes (sc-) 596@findex header-author-writes @r{(sc-)}
597@code{>>>>> @var{sc-author} writes:} 597@code{>>>>> @var{sc-author} writes:}
598 598
599@item sc-header-verbose 599@item sc-header-verbose
600@findex sc-header-verbose 600@findex sc-header-verbose
601@findex header-verbose (sc-) 601@findex header-verbose @r{(sc-)}
602@code{>>>>> On @var{date},}@* 602@code{>>>>> On @var{date},}@*
603@code{>>>>> @var{sc-author}}@* 603@code{>>>>> @var{sc-author}}@*
604@code{>>>>> from the organization of @var{organization}}@* 604@code{>>>>> from the organization of @var{organization}}@*
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ not. Supercite provides an optional @dfn{electric reference} mode
624which you can drop into to give you this functionality. 624which you can drop into to give you this functionality.
625 625
626@vindex sc-electric-references-p 626@vindex sc-electric-references-p
627@vindex electric-references-p (sc-) 627@vindex electric-references-p @r{(sc-)}
628If the variable @code{sc-electric-references-p} is non-@code{nil}, 628If the variable @code{sc-electric-references-p} is non-@code{nil},
629Supercite will bring up an electric reference mode buffer and place you 629Supercite will bring up an electric reference mode buffer and place you
630into a recursive edit. The electric reference buffer is read-only, so 630into a recursive edit. The electric reference buffer is read-only, so
@@ -644,10 +644,10 @@ The following commands are available while in electric reference mode
644@table @asis 644@table @asis
645@item @code{sc-eref-next} (@kbd{n}) 645@item @code{sc-eref-next} (@kbd{n})
646@findex sc-eref-next 646@findex sc-eref-next
647@findex eref-next (sc-) 647@findex eref-next @r{(sc-)}
648@kindex n 648@kindex n
649@vindex sc-electric-circular-p 649@vindex sc-electric-circular-p
650@vindex electric-circular-p (sc-) 650@vindex electric-circular-p @r{(sc-)}
651Displays the next reference header in the electric reference buffer. If 651Displays the next reference header in the electric reference buffer. If
652the variable @code{sc-electric-circular-p} is non-@code{nil}, invoking 652the variable @code{sc-electric-circular-p} is non-@code{nil}, invoking
653@code{sc-eref-next} while viewing the last reference header in the list 653@code{sc-eref-next} while viewing the last reference header in the list
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ will wrap around to the first header.
655 655
656@item @code{sc-eref-prev} (@kbd{p}) 656@item @code{sc-eref-prev} (@kbd{p})
657@findex sc-eref-prev 657@findex sc-eref-prev
658@findex eref-prev (sc-) 658@findex eref-prev @r{(sc-)}
659@kindex p 659@kindex p
660Displays the previous reference header in the electric reference buffer. 660Displays the previous reference header in the electric reference buffer.
661If the variable @code{sc-electric-circular-p} is non-@code{nil}, 661If the variable @code{sc-electric-circular-p} is non-@code{nil},
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ invoking @code{sc-eref-prev} will wrap around to the last header.
663 663
664@item @code{sc-eref-goto} (@kbd{g}) 664@item @code{sc-eref-goto} (@kbd{g})
665@findex sc-eref-goto 665@findex sc-eref-goto
666@findex eref-goto (sc-) 666@findex eref-goto @r{(sc-)}
667@kindex g 667@kindex g
668Goes to a specified reference header. The index (into the 668Goes to a specified reference header. The index (into the
669@code{sc-rewrite-header-list}) can be specified as a numeric argument to 669@code{sc-rewrite-header-list}) can be specified as a numeric argument to
@@ -672,14 +672,14 @@ minibuffer.
672 672
673@item @code{sc-eref-jump} (@kbd{j}) 673@item @code{sc-eref-jump} (@kbd{j})
674@findex sc-eref-jump 674@findex sc-eref-jump
675@findex eref-jump (sc-) 675@findex eref-jump @r{(sc-)}
676@kindex j 676@kindex j
677Display the preferred reference header, i.e., the one indexed by the current 677Display the preferred reference header, i.e., the one indexed by the current
678value of @code{sc-preferred-header-style}. 678value of @code{sc-preferred-header-style}.
679 679
680@item @code{sc-eref-setn} (@kbd{s}) 680@item @code{sc-eref-setn} (@kbd{s})
681@findex sc-eref-setn 681@findex sc-eref-setn
682@findex eref-setn (sc-) 682@findex eref-setn @r{(sc-)}
683@kindex s 683@kindex s
684Set the preferred reference header (i.e., 684Set the preferred reference header (i.e.,
685@code{sc-preferred-header-style}) to the currently displayed header. 685@code{sc-preferred-header-style}) to the currently displayed header.
@@ -689,19 +689,19 @@ Set the preferred reference header (i.e.,
689@kindex C-j 689@kindex C-j
690@kindex q 690@kindex q
691@findex sc-eref-exit 691@findex sc-eref-exit
692@findex eref-exit (sc-) 692@findex eref-exit @r{(sc-)}
693Exit from electric reference mode and insert the current header into the 693Exit from electric reference mode and insert the current header into the
694reply buffer. 694reply buffer.
695 695
696@item @code{sc-eref-abort} (@kbd{q}, @kbd{x}) 696@item @code{sc-eref-abort} (@kbd{q}, @kbd{x})
697@findex sc-eref-abort 697@findex sc-eref-abort
698@findex eref-abort (sc-) 698@findex eref-abort @r{(sc-)}
699@kindex x 699@kindex x
700Exit from electric reference mode without inserting the current header. 700Exit from electric reference mode without inserting the current header.
701@end table 701@end table
702 702
703@vindex sc-electric-mode-hook 703@vindex sc-electric-mode-hook
704@vindex electric-mode-hook (sc-) 704@vindex electric-mode-hook @r{(sc-)}
705@noindent 705@noindent
706Supercite will execute the hook @code{sc-electric-mode-hook} before 706Supercite will execute the hook @code{sc-electric-mode-hook} before
707entering electric reference mode. 707entering electric reference mode.
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ interface specifications, or if you are writing or maintaining an MUA,
747@cindex autoload 747@cindex autoload
748@cindex .emacs file 748@cindex .emacs file
749@findex sc-cite-original 749@findex sc-cite-original
750@findex cite-original (sc-) 750@findex cite-original @r{(sc-)}
751The first thing that everyone should do, regardless of the MUA you are 751The first thing that everyone should do, regardless of the MUA you are
752using is to set up Emacs so it will load Supercite at the appropriate 752using is to set up Emacs so it will load Supercite at the appropriate
753time. This happens automatically if Supercite is distributed with your 753time. This happens automatically if Supercite is distributed with your
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ message from an MUA.
789@node Reply Buffer Initialization 789@node Reply Buffer Initialization
790@section Reply Buffer Initialization 790@section Reply Buffer Initialization
791@findex sc-cite-original 791@findex sc-cite-original
792@findex cite-original (sc-) 792@findex cite-original @r{(sc-)}
793 793
794Executing @code{sc-cite-original} performs the following steps as it 794Executing @code{sc-cite-original} performs the following steps as it
795initializes the reply buffer: 795initializes the reply buffer:
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ initializes the reply buffer:
797@enumerate 797@enumerate
798@item 798@item
799@vindex sc-pre-hook 799@vindex sc-pre-hook
800@vindex pre-hook (sc-) 800@vindex pre-hook @r{(sc-)}
801@emph{Runs @code{sc-pre-hook}.} 801@emph{Runs @code{sc-pre-hook}.}
802This hook variable is run before @code{sc-cite-original} does any other 802This hook variable is run before @code{sc-cite-original} does any other
803work. You could conceivably use this hook to set certain Supercite 803work. You could conceivably use this hook to set certain Supercite
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ an article).
808@item 808@item
809@emph{Inserts Supercite's keymap.} 809@emph{Inserts Supercite's keymap.}
810@vindex sc-mode-map-prefix 810@vindex sc-mode-map-prefix
811@vindex mode-map-prefix (sc-) 811@vindex mode-map-prefix @r{(sc-)}
812@kindex C-c C-p 812@kindex C-c C-p
813@cindex keymap prefix 813@cindex keymap prefix
814Supercite provides a number of commands for performing post-yank 814Supercite provides a number of commands for performing post-yank
@@ -842,9 +842,9 @@ affect alternative citing styles.
842@item 842@item
843@emph{Processes the mail headers.} 843@emph{Processes the mail headers.}
844@vindex sc-confirm-always-p 844@vindex sc-confirm-always-p
845@vindex confirm-always-p (sc-) 845@vindex confirm-always-p @r{(sc-)}
846@vindex sc-mail-warn-if-non-rfc822-p 846@vindex sc-mail-warn-if-non-rfc822-p
847@vindex mail-warn-if-non-rfc822-p (sc-) 847@vindex mail-warn-if-non-rfc822-p @r{(sc-)}
848All previously retrieved info key-value pairs are deleted from the info 848All previously retrieved info key-value pairs are deleted from the info
849alist, then the mail headers in the body of the yanked message are 849alist, then the mail headers in the body of the yanked message are
850scanned. Info key-value pairs are created for each header found. Also, 850scanned. Info key-value pairs are created for each header found. Also,
@@ -857,8 +857,8 @@ transport agent) along the way.
857 857
858@vindex sc-nuke-mail-headers 858@vindex sc-nuke-mail-headers
859@vindex sc-nuke-mail-header-list 859@vindex sc-nuke-mail-header-list
860@vindex nuke-mail-headers (sc-) 860@vindex nuke-mail-headers @r{(sc-)}
861@vindex nuke-mail-header-list (sc-) 861@vindex nuke-mail-header-list @r{(sc-)}
862Once the info keys have been extracted from the mail headers, the 862Once the info keys have been extracted from the mail headers, the
863headers are nuked from the reply buffer. You can control exactly which 863headers are nuked from the reply buffer. You can control exactly which
864headers are removed or kept, but by default, all headers are removed. 864headers are removed or kept, but by default, all headers are removed.
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ The line is matched against the regexp using @code{looking-at} rooted at
881the beginning of the line. 881the beginning of the line.
882 882
883@vindex sc-blank-lines-after-headers 883@vindex sc-blank-lines-after-headers
884@vindex blank-lines-after-headers (sc-) 884@vindex blank-lines-after-headers @r{(sc-)}
885If the variable @code{sc-blank-lines-after-headers} is non-@code{nil}, 885If the variable @code{sc-blank-lines-after-headers} is non-@code{nil},
886it contains the number of blank lines remaining in the buffer after mail 886it contains the number of blank lines remaining in the buffer after mail
887headers are nuked. By default, only one blank line is left in the buffer. 887headers are nuked. By default, only one blank line is left in the buffer.
@@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ original message. @xref{Selecting an Attribution}, for details.
895@item 895@item
896@emph{Cites the message body.} 896@emph{Cites the message body.}
897@vindex sc-cite-region-limit 897@vindex sc-cite-region-limit
898@vindex cite-region-limit (sc-)b 898@vindex cite-region-limit @r{(sc-)}
899After the selection of the attribution and citation strings, Supercite 899After the selection of the attribution and citation strings, Supercite
900cites the original message by inserting the citation string prefix in 900cites the original message by inserting the citation string prefix in
901front of every uncited line. You may not want Supercite to 901front of every uncited line. You may not want Supercite to
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ automatically. Use this if you always want to be able to edit and cite
918the message manually. 918the message manually.
919 919
920@vindex sc-cite-blank-lines-p 920@vindex sc-cite-blank-lines-p
921@vindex cite-blank-lines-p (sc-) 921@vindex cite-blank-lines-p @r{(sc-)}
922The variable @code{sc-cite-blank-lines-p} controls whether blank lines 922The variable @code{sc-cite-blank-lines-p} controls whether blank lines
923in the original message should be cited or not. If this variable is 923in the original message should be cited or not. If this variable is
924non-@code{nil}, blank lines will be cited just like non-blank lines. 924non-@code{nil}, blank lines will be cited just like non-blank lines.
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ recognize those styles you see often.
936@item 936@item
937@emph{Runs @code{sc-post-hook}.} 937@emph{Runs @code{sc-post-hook}.}
938@vindex sc-post-hook 938@vindex sc-post-hook
939@vindex post-hook (sc-) 939@vindex post-hook @r{(sc-)}
940This variable is very similar to @code{sc-pre-hook}, except that it runs 940This variable is very similar to @code{sc-pre-hook}, except that it runs
941after @code{sc-cite-original} is finished. This hook is provided mostly 941after @code{sc-cite-original} is finished. This hook is provided mostly
942for completeness and backward compatibility. Perhaps it could be used to 942for completeness and backward compatibility. Perhaps it could be used to
@@ -947,11 +947,11 @@ reset certain variables set in @code{sc-pre-hook}.
947@section Filling Cited Text 947@section Filling Cited Text
948@cindex filling paragraphs 948@cindex filling paragraphs
949@vindex sc-auto-fill-region-p 949@vindex sc-auto-fill-region-p
950@vindex auto-fill-region-p (sc-) 950@vindex auto-fill-region-p @r{(sc-)}
951@cindex filladapt 951@cindex filladapt
952@cindex gin-mode 952@cindex gin-mode
953@findex sc-setup-filladapt 953@findex sc-setup-filladapt
954@findex setup-filladapt (sc-) 954@findex setup-filladapt @r{(sc-)}
955 955
956Supercite will automatically fill newly cited text from the original 956Supercite will automatically fill newly cited text from the original
957message unless the variable @code{sc-auto-fill-region-p} has a 957message unless the variable @code{sc-auto-fill-region-p} has a
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ makes @dfn{filladapt} a little more Supercite savvy than its default
971setup. 971setup.
972 972
973@vindex sc-fixup-whitespace-p 973@vindex sc-fixup-whitespace-p
974@vindex fixup-whitespace-p (sc-) 974@vindex fixup-whitespace-p @r{(sc-)}
975Also, Supercite will collapse leading whitespace between the citation 975Also, Supercite will collapse leading whitespace between the citation
976string and the text on a line when the variable 976string and the text on a line when the variable
977@code{sc-fixup-whitespace-p} is non-@code{nil}. The default value for 977@code{sc-fixup-whitespace-p} is non-@code{nil}. The default value for
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ fill cited text.
1025@chapter Selecting an Attribution 1025@chapter Selecting an Attribution
1026@cindex attribution list 1026@cindex attribution list
1027@vindex sc-preferred-attribution-list 1027@vindex sc-preferred-attribution-list
1028@vindex preferred-attribution-list (sc-) 1028@vindex preferred-attribution-list @r{(sc-)}
1029 1029
1030As you know, the attribution string is the part of the author's name 1030As you know, the attribution string is the part of the author's name
1031that will be used to composed a non-nested citation string. Supercite 1031that will be used to composed a non-nested citation string. Supercite
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ recite paragraphs in the reply.
1080 1080
1081@item "sc-consult" 1081@item "sc-consult"
1082@vindex sc-attrib-selection-list 1082@vindex sc-attrib-selection-list
1083@vindex attrib-selection-list (sc-) 1083@vindex attrib-selection-list @r{(sc-)}
1084consults the customizable list @code{sc-attrib-selection-list} which can 1084consults the customizable list @code{sc-attrib-selection-list} which can
1085be used to select special attributions based on the value of any info 1085be used to select special attributions based on the value of any info
1086key. See below for details. 1086key. See below for details.
@@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@ suggested that if you change the order of the keys in this list, that
1114@code{"sc-lastchoice"}. This latter is the default. 1114@code{"sc-lastchoice"}. This latter is the default.
1115 1115
1116@vindex sc-attrib-selection-list 1116@vindex sc-attrib-selection-list
1117@vindex attrib-selection-list (sc-) 1117@vindex attrib-selection-list @r{(sc-)}
1118The value @code{"sc-consult"} in @code{sc-preferred-attribution-list} 1118The value @code{"sc-consult"} in @code{sc-preferred-attribution-list}
1119has a special meaning during attribution selection. When Supercite 1119has a special meaning during attribution selection. When Supercite
1120encounters this preference, it begins processing a customizable list of 1120encounters this preference, it begins processing a customizable list of
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ Each element in this list contains lists of the following form:
1131 1131
1132@noindent 1132@noindent
1133@findex sc-mail-field 1133@findex sc-mail-field
1134@findex mail-field (sc-) 1134@findex mail-field @r{(sc-)}
1135where @var{infokey} is a key for @code{sc-mail-field} and @var{regexp} 1135where @var{infokey} is a key for @code{sc-mail-field} and @var{regexp}
1136is a regular expression to match against the @var{infokey}'s value. If 1136is a regular expression to match against the @var{infokey}'s value. If
1137@var{regexp} matches the @var{infokey}'s value, the @var{attribution} is 1137@var{regexp} matches the @var{infokey}'s value, the @var{attribution} is
@@ -1148,9 +1148,9 @@ to cite your friend's message with the appropriate attribution.
1148@node Anonymous Attributions 1148@node Anonymous Attributions
1149@section Anonymous Attributions 1149@section Anonymous Attributions
1150@vindex sc-default-author-name 1150@vindex sc-default-author-name
1151@vindex default-author-name (sc-) 1151@vindex default-author-name @r{(sc-)}
1152@vindex sc-default-attribution 1152@vindex sc-default-attribution
1153@vindex default-attribution (sc-) 1153@vindex default-attribution @r{(sc-)}
1154 1154
1155When the author's name cannot be found in the @samp{From:@:} mail 1155When the author's name cannot be found in the @samp{From:@:} mail
1156header, a fallback author name and attribution string must be supplied. 1156header, a fallback author name and attribution string must be supplied.
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ author name or attribution is a sign that something is set up
1163incorrectly. 1163incorrectly.
1164 1164
1165@vindex sc-use-only-preference-p 1165@vindex sc-use-only-preference-p
1166@vindex use-only-preference-p (sc-) 1166@vindex use-only-preference-p @r{(sc-)}
1167Also, if the preferred attribution, which you specified in your 1167Also, if the preferred attribution, which you specified in your
1168@code{sc-preferred-attribution-list} variable cannot be found, a 1168@code{sc-preferred-attribution-list} variable cannot be found, a
1169secondary method can be employed to find a valid attribution string. The 1169secondary method can be employed to find a valid attribution string. The
@@ -1199,7 +1199,7 @@ attribution alist.
1199@end enumerate 1199@end enumerate
1200 1200
1201@vindex sc-confirm-always-p 1201@vindex sc-confirm-always-p
1202@vindex confirm-always-p (sc-) 1202@vindex confirm-always-p @r{(sc-)}
1203Once the attribution string has been automatically selected, a number of 1203Once the attribution string has been automatically selected, a number of
1204things can happen. If the variable @code{sc-confirm-always-p} is 1204things can happen. If the variable @code{sc-confirm-always-p} is
1205non-@code{nil}, you are queried for confirmation of the chosen 1205non-@code{nil}, you are queried for confirmation of the chosen
@@ -1210,15 +1210,15 @@ you enter becomes the value associated with the @code{"sc-lastchoice"}
1210key in the attribution alist. 1210key in the attribution alist.
1211 1211
1212@vindex sc-downcase-p 1212@vindex sc-downcase-p
1213@vindex downcase-p (sc-) 1213@vindex downcase-p @r{(sc-)}
1214Once an attribution string has been selected, Supercite will force the 1214Once an attribution string has been selected, Supercite will force the
1215string to lower case if the variable @code{sc-downcase-p} is 1215string to lower case if the variable @code{sc-downcase-p} is
1216non-@code{nil}. 1216non-@code{nil}.
1217 1217
1218@vindex sc-attribs-preselect-hook 1218@vindex sc-attribs-preselect-hook
1219@vindex attribs-preselect-hook (sc-) 1219@vindex attribs-preselect-hook @r{(sc-)}
1220@vindex sc-attribs-postselect-hook 1220@vindex sc-attribs-postselect-hook
1221@vindex attribs-postselect-hook (sc-) 1221@vindex attribs-postselect-hook @r{(sc-)}
1222 1222
1223Two hook variables provide even greater control of the attribution 1223Two hook variables provide even greater control of the attribution
1224selection process. The hook @code{sc-attribs-preselect-hook} is run 1224selection process. The hook @code{sc-attribs-preselect-hook} is run
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ formats in use. If you encounter a @samp{From:@:} field that Supercite
1245cannot parse, please report this bug using @kbd{M-x report-emacs-bug}. 1245cannot parse, please report this bug using @kbd{M-x report-emacs-bug}.
1246 1246
1247@vindex sc-titlecue-regexp 1247@vindex sc-titlecue-regexp
1248@vindex titlecue-regexp (sc-) 1248@vindex titlecue-regexp @r{(sc-)}
1249There are a number of Supercite variables that control how author names 1249There are a number of Supercite variables that control how author names
1250are extracted from the @samp{From:@:} header. Some headers may contain a 1250are extracted from the @samp{From:@:} header. Some headers may contain a
1251descriptive title as in: 1251descriptive title as in:
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ This variable has the default value of @code{"\\\\s +-+\\\\s +"}. Any
1263text after this regexp is encountered is ignored as noise. 1263text after this regexp is encountered is ignored as noise.
1264 1264
1265@vindex sc-name-filter-alist 1265@vindex sc-name-filter-alist
1266@vindex name-filter-alist (sc-) 1266@vindex name-filter-alist @r{(sc-)}
1267Some @samp{From:@:} headers may contain extra titles in the name fields 1267Some @samp{From:@:} headers may contain extra titles in the name fields
1268not separated by a title cue, but which are nonetheless not part of the 1268not separated by a title cue, but which are nonetheless not part of the
1269author's name proper. Examples include the titles ``Dr.'', ``Mr.'', 1269author's name proper. Examples include the titles ``Dr.'', ``Mr.'',
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ is not found from the alist, then the appropriate default frame is used.
1497@node Post-yank Formatting Commands 1497@node Post-yank Formatting Commands
1498@chapter Post-yank Formatting Commands 1498@chapter Post-yank Formatting Commands
1499@vindex sc-mode-map-prefix 1499@vindex sc-mode-map-prefix
1500@vindex mode-map-prefix (sc-) 1500@vindex mode-map-prefix @r{(sc-)}
1501@kindex C-c C-p 1501@kindex C-c C-p
1502 1502
1503Once the original message has been yanked into the reply buffer, and 1503Once the original message has been yanked into the reply buffer, and
@@ -1540,10 +1540,10 @@ Here is the list of Supercite citing commands:
1540 1540
1541@table @asis 1541@table @asis
1542@findex sc-cite-region 1542@findex sc-cite-region
1543@findex cite-region (sc-) 1543@findex cite-region @r{(sc-)}
1544@kindex C-c C-p c 1544@kindex C-c C-p c
1545@vindex sc-pre-cite-hook 1545@vindex sc-pre-cite-hook
1546@vindex pre-cite-hook (sc-) 1546@vindex pre-cite-hook @r{(sc-)}
1547@vindex sc-confirm-always-p 1547@vindex sc-confirm-always-p
1548@vindex confirm-always-p 1548@vindex confirm-always-p
1549@kindex C-u 1549@kindex C-u
@@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@ attribution string for a single manual citing.
1558@xref{Configuring the Citation Engine}. 1558@xref{Configuring the Citation Engine}.
1559 1559
1560@findex sc-uncite-region 1560@findex sc-uncite-region
1561@findex uncite-region (sc-) 1561@findex uncite-region @r{(sc-)}
1562@kindex C-c C-p u 1562@kindex C-c C-p u
1563@item @code{sc-uncite-region} (@kbd{C-c C-p u}) 1563@item @code{sc-uncite-region} (@kbd{C-c C-p u})
1564This command removes any citation strings from the beginning of each 1564This command removes any citation strings from the beginning of each
@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ cited line in the region by interpreting the selected frame from
1569@xref{Configuring the Citation Engine}. 1569@xref{Configuring the Citation Engine}.
1570 1570
1571@findex sc-recite-region 1571@findex sc-recite-region
1572@findex recite-region (sc-) 1572@findex recite-region @r{(sc-)}
1573@kindex C-c C-p r 1573@kindex C-c C-p r
1574@item @code{sc-recite-region} (@kbd{C-c C-p r}) 1574@item @code{sc-recite-region} (@kbd{C-c C-p r})
1575This command recites each line the region by interpreting the selected 1575This command recites each line the region by interpreting the selected
@@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ frame from @code{sc-recite-frame-alist}, or the default reciting frame
1579@xref{Configuring the Citation Engine}. 1579@xref{Configuring the Citation Engine}.
1580 1580
1581@vindex sc-confirm-always-p 1581@vindex sc-confirm-always-p
1582@vindex confirm-always-p (sc-) 1582@vindex confirm-always-p @r{(sc-)}
1583Supercite will always ask you to confirm the attribution when reciting a 1583Supercite will always ask you to confirm the attribution when reciting a
1584region, regardless of the value of @code{sc-confirm-always-p}. 1584region, regardless of the value of @code{sc-confirm-always-p}.
1585@end table 1585@end table
@@ -1591,11 +1591,11 @@ These two functions insert various strings into the reply buffer.
1591 1591
1592@table @asis 1592@table @asis
1593@findex sc-insert-reference 1593@findex sc-insert-reference
1594@findex insert-reference (sc-) 1594@findex insert-reference @r{(sc-)}
1595@kindex C-c C-p w 1595@kindex C-c C-p w
1596@item @code{sc-insert-reference} (@kbd{C-c C-p w}) 1596@item @code{sc-insert-reference} (@kbd{C-c C-p w})
1597@vindex sc-preferred-header-style 1597@vindex sc-preferred-header-style
1598@vindex preferred-header-style (sc-) 1598@vindex preferred-header-style @r{(sc-)}
1599Inserts a reference header into the reply buffer at @samp{point}. With 1599Inserts a reference header into the reply buffer at @samp{point}. With
1600no arguments, the header indexed by @code{sc-preferred-header-style} is 1600no arguments, the header indexed by @code{sc-preferred-header-style} is
1601inserted. An optional numeric argument is the index into 1601inserted. An optional numeric argument is the index into
@@ -1606,7 +1606,7 @@ With just the universal argument (@kbd{C-u}), electric reference mode is
1606entered, regardless of the value of @code{sc-electric-references-p}. 1606entered, regardless of the value of @code{sc-electric-references-p}.
1607 1607
1608@findex sc-insert-citation 1608@findex sc-insert-citation
1609@findex insert-citation (sc-) 1609@findex insert-citation @r{(sc-)}
1610@kindex C-c C-p i 1610@kindex C-c C-p i
1611@item @code{sc-insert-citation} (@kbd{C-c C-p i}) 1611@item @code{sc-insert-citation} (@kbd{C-c C-p i})
1612Inserts the current citation string at the beginning of the line that 1612Inserts the current citation string at the beginning of the line that
@@ -1704,7 +1704,7 @@ of information from the info alist.
1704@table @asis 1704@table @asis
1705@kindex C-c C-p f 1705@kindex C-c C-p f
1706@findex sc-mail-field-query 1706@findex sc-mail-field-query
1707@findex mail-field-query (sc-) 1707@findex mail-field-query @r{(sc-)}
1708@kindex C-c C-p f 1708@kindex C-c C-p f
1709@item @code{sc-mail-field-query} (@kbd{C-c C-p f}) 1709@item @code{sc-mail-field-query} (@kbd{C-c C-p f})
1710Allows you to interactively view, modify, add, and delete info alist 1710Allows you to interactively view, modify, add, and delete info alist
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ will override any old value. It will not replace it though; if you
1732subsequently delete the key-value pair, the old value will reappear. 1732subsequently delete the key-value pair, the old value will reappear.
1733 1733
1734@findex sc-mail-process-headers 1734@findex sc-mail-process-headers
1735@findex mail-process-headers (sc-) 1735@findex mail-process-headers @r{(sc-)}
1736@kindex C-c C-p g 1736@kindex C-c C-p g
1737@item @code{sc-mail-process-headers} (@kbd{C-c C-p g}) 1737@item @code{sc-mail-process-headers} (@kbd{C-c C-p g})
1738This command lets you re-initialize Supercite's info alist from any set 1738This command lets you re-initialize Supercite's info alist from any set
@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ old information is lost.
1749 1749
1750@table @asis 1750@table @asis
1751@findex sc-open-line 1751@findex sc-open-line
1752@findex open-line (sc-) 1752@findex open-line @r{(sc-)}
1753@findex open-line 1753@findex open-line
1754@kindex C-c C-p o 1754@kindex C-c C-p o
1755@item @code{sc-open-line} (@kbd{C-c C-p o}) 1755@item @code{sc-open-line} (@kbd{C-c C-p o})
diff --git a/doc/misc/vhdl-mode.texi b/doc/misc/vhdl-mode.texi
index cf3909c67b3..e94fba6fc6d 100644
--- a/doc/misc/vhdl-mode.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/vhdl-mode.texi
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ your personal coding style.
147@cindex Syntactic Analysis 147@cindex Syntactic Analysis
148 148
149@vindex vhdl-offsets-alist 149@vindex vhdl-offsets-alist
150@vindex offsets-alist (vhdl-) 150@vindex offsets-alist @r{(vhdl-)}
151@cindex relative buffer position 151@cindex relative buffer position
152@cindex syntactic symbol 152@cindex syntactic symbol
153@cindex syntactic component 153@cindex syntactic component
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ in this and future examples don't actually appear in the buffer.}:
186 186
187@kindex C-c C-x 187@kindex C-c C-x
188@findex vhdl-show-syntactic-information 188@findex vhdl-show-syntactic-information
189@findex show-syntactic-information (vhdl-) 189@findex show-syntactic-information @r{(vhdl-)}
190We can use the command @kbd{C-c C-x} 190We can use the command @kbd{C-c C-x}
191(@code{vhdl-show-syntactic-information}) to simply report what the 191(@code{vhdl-show-syntactic-information}) to simply report what the
192syntactic analysis is for the current line. Running this command on 192syntactic analysis is for the current line. Running this command on
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ components. Also notice that the first component,
241@cindex Indentation Calculation 241@cindex Indentation Calculation
242 242
243@vindex vhdl-offsets-alist 243@vindex vhdl-offsets-alist
244@vindex offsets-alist (vhdl-) 244@vindex offsets-alist @r{(vhdl-)}
245Indentation for the current line is calculated using the syntactic 245Indentation for the current line is calculated using the syntactic
246component list derived in step 1 above (see @ref{Syntactic 246component list derived in step 1 above (see @ref{Syntactic
247Analysis}). Each component contributes to the final total indentation 247Analysis}). Each component contributes to the final total indentation
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ indentation, it's helpful to understand the general indentation model
301being used. 301being used.
302 302
303@vindex vhdl-echo-syntactic-information-p 303@vindex vhdl-echo-syntactic-information-p
304@vindex echo-syntactic-information-p (vhdl-) 304@vindex echo-syntactic-information-p @r{(vhdl-)}
305@cindex TAB 305@cindex TAB
306To help you configure VHDL Mode, you can set the variable 306To help you configure VHDL Mode, you can set the variable
307@code{vhdl-echo-syntactic-information-p} to non-@code{nil} so that the 307@code{vhdl-echo-syntactic-information-p} to non-@code{nil} so that the
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ line. Hitting @kbd{C-c C-x} on line 3 yields:
428@end example 428@end example
429 429
430@findex vhdl-set-offset 430@findex vhdl-set-offset
431@findex set-offset (vhdl-) 431@findex set-offset @r{(vhdl-)}
432@kindex C-c O 432@kindex C-c O
433@noindent 433@noindent
434So we know that to change the offset of the first signal assignment, we need to 434So we know that to change the offset of the first signal assignment, we need to
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ basic indent with the syntactic symbol @code{statement-block-intro} in
447the @code{vhdl-offsets-alist} variable. 447the @code{vhdl-offsets-alist} variable.
448 448
449@findex vhdl-indent-defun 449@findex vhdl-indent-defun
450@findex indent-defun (vhdl-) 450@findex indent-defun @r{(vhdl-)}
451To check your changes quickly, just enter @kbd{M-x vhdl-indent-defun} to 451To check your changes quickly, just enter @kbd{M-x vhdl-indent-defun} to
452reindent the entire function. The example should now look like: 452reindent the entire function. The example should now look like:
453@example 453@example
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ already built-in. These include:
546@end itemize 546@end itemize
547 547
548@findex vhdl-set-style 548@findex vhdl-set-style
549@findex set-style (vhdl-) 549@findex set-style @r{(vhdl-)}
550If you'd like to experiment with these built-in styles you can simply 550If you'd like to experiment with these built-in styles you can simply
551type @kbd{M-x vhdl-set-style RET} in a VHDL Mode buffer. 551type @kbd{M-x vhdl-set-style RET} in a VHDL Mode buffer.
552 552
@@ -583,9 +583,9 @@ files. You would add this:
583@cindex Adding Styles 583@cindex Adding Styles
584 584
585@vindex vhdl-style-alist 585@vindex vhdl-style-alist
586@vindex style-alist (vhdl-) 586@vindex style-alist @r{(vhdl-)}
587@findex vhdl-add-style 587@findex vhdl-add-style
588@findex add-style (vhdl-) 588@findex add-style @r{(vhdl-)}
589If none of the built-in styles is appropriate, you'll probably want to 589If none of the built-in styles is appropriate, you'll probably want to
590add a new style definition. Styles are kept in the @code{vhdl-style-alist} 590add a new style definition. Styles are kept in the @code{vhdl-style-alist}
591variable, but you probably won't want to modify this variable directly. 591variable, but you probably won't want to modify this variable directly.
@@ -615,9 +615,9 @@ block. VHDL Mode provides two variables that make it easier for
615you to customize your style on a per-file basis. 615you to customize your style on a per-file basis.
616 616
617@vindex vhdl-file-style 617@vindex vhdl-file-style
618@vindex file-style (vhdl-) 618@vindex file-style @r{(vhdl-)}
619@vindex vhdl-file-offsets 619@vindex vhdl-file-offsets
620@vindex file-offsets (vhdl-) 620@vindex file-offsets @r{(vhdl-)}
621 621
622The variable @code{vhdl-file-style} can be set to a style name string as 622The variable @code{vhdl-file-style} can be set to a style name string as
623described in @ref{Built-in Styles}. When the file is visited, 623described in @ref{Built-in Styles}. When the file is visited,
@@ -625,9 +625,9 @@ VHDL Mode will automatically set the file's style to this style
625using @code{vhdl-set-style}. 625using @code{vhdl-set-style}.
626 626
627@vindex vhdl-offsets-alist 627@vindex vhdl-offsets-alist
628@vindex offsets-alist (vhdl-) 628@vindex offsets-alist @r{(vhdl-)}
629@findex vhdl-set-offset 629@findex vhdl-set-offset
630@findex set-offset (vhdl-) 630@findex set-offset @r{(vhdl-)}
631Another variable, @code{vhdl-file-offsets}, takes an association list 631Another variable, @code{vhdl-file-offsets}, takes an association list
632similar to what is allowed in @code{vhdl-offsets-alist}. When the file is 632similar to what is allowed in @code{vhdl-offsets-alist}. When the file is
633visited, VHDL Mode will automatically institute these offsets using 633visited, VHDL Mode will automatically institute these offsets using
@@ -642,9 +642,9 @@ before file offset settings (i.e., @code{vhdl-file-offsets}).
642@cindex Advanced Customizations 642@cindex Advanced Customizations
643 643
644@vindex vhdl-style-alist 644@vindex vhdl-style-alist
645@vindex style-alist (vhdl-) 645@vindex style-alist @r{(vhdl-)}
646@vindex vhdl-basic-offset 646@vindex vhdl-basic-offset
647@vindex basic-offset (vhdl-) 647@vindex basic-offset @r{(vhdl-)}
648For most users, VHDL Mode will support their coding styles with 648For most users, VHDL Mode will support their coding styles with
649very little need for customizations. Usually, one of the standard 649very little need for customizations. Usually, one of the standard
650styles defined in @code{vhdl-style-alist} will do the trick. Sometimes, 650styles defined in @code{vhdl-style-alist} will do the trick. Sometimes,
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ don't want that value added into the final total twice.
743 743
744@cindex statement-cont syntactic symbol 744@cindex statement-cont syntactic symbol
745@findex vhdl-lineup-statement-cont 745@findex vhdl-lineup-statement-cont
746@findex lineup-statement-cont (vhdl-) 746@findex lineup-statement-cont @r{(vhdl-)}
747Now, to associate the function @code{vhdl-lineup-statement-cont} with the 747Now, to associate the function @code{vhdl-lineup-statement-cont} with the
748@code{statement-cont} syntactic symbol, we can add something like the 748@code{statement-cont} syntactic symbol, we can add something like the
749following to our @code{vhdl-mode-hook}: 749following to our @code{vhdl-mode-hook}:
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ vhdl-indent-defun}):
765@end example 765@end example
766 766
767@vindex vhdl-offsets-alist 767@vindex vhdl-offsets-alist
768@vindex offsets-alist (vhdl-) 768@vindex offsets-alist @r{(vhdl-)}
769Custom indentation functions can be as simple or as complex as you like, 769Custom indentation functions can be as simple or as complex as you like,
770and any syntactic symbol that appears in @code{vhdl-offsets-alist} can have 770and any syntactic symbol that appears in @code{vhdl-offsets-alist} can have
771a custom indentation function associated with it. Note however that 771a custom indentation function associated with it. Note however that
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ VHDL Mode.
777@cindex Other Special Indentations 777@cindex Other Special Indentations
778 778
779@vindex vhdl-special-indent-hook 779@vindex vhdl-special-indent-hook
780@vindex special-indent-hook (vhdl-) 780@vindex special-indent-hook @r{(vhdl-)}
781One other variable is available for you to customize VHDL Mode: 781One other variable is available for you to customize VHDL Mode:
782@code{vhdl-special-indent-hook}. This is a standard hook variable that 782@code{vhdl-special-indent-hook}. This is a standard hook variable that
783is called after every line is indented by VHDL Mode. You can use 783is called after every line is indented by VHDL Mode. You can use
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ The index menu does not work on my XEmacs installation (don't know why).
956 956
957@kindex C-c C-b 957@kindex C-c C-b
958@findex vhdl-submit-bug-report 958@findex vhdl-submit-bug-report
959@findex submit-bug-report (vhdl-) 959@findex submit-bug-report @r{(vhdl-)}
960@cindex beta testers mailing list 960@cindex beta testers mailing list
961@cindex announcement mailing list 961@cindex announcement mailing list
962To report bugs, use the @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{vhdl-submit-bug-report}) 962To report bugs, use the @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{vhdl-submit-bug-report})
diff --git a/doc/misc/viper.texi b/doc/misc/viper.texi
index f45f2a03b9d..8948437632b 100644
--- a/doc/misc/viper.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/viper.texi
@@ -376,8 +376,8 @@ toggles Viperization of Emacs on and off.
376@cindex Insert state 376@cindex Insert state
377@cindex Replace state 377@cindex Replace state
378@cindex Ex commands 378@cindex Ex commands
379@findex @code{viper-go-away} 379@findex viper-go-away
380@findex @code{toggle-viper-mode} 380@findex toggle-viper-mode
381 381
382Viper has four states, Emacs, Vi, Insert, and Replace. 382Viper has four states, Emacs, Vi, Insert, and Replace.
383 383
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ variable that controls how search patterns are highlighted is
1182@example 1182@example
1183(copy-face 'default 'viper-search-face) 1183(copy-face 'default 'viper-search-face)
1184@end example 1184@end example
1185@vindex @code{viper-search-face} 1185@vindex viper-search-face
1186@noindent 1186@noindent
1187in your Viper customization file. If you want to change how patterns are 1187in your Viper customization file. If you want to change how patterns are
1188highlighted, you will have to change @code{viper-search-face} to your liking. 1188highlighted, you will have to change @code{viper-search-face} to your liking.
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ watch out for is that it is possible to be on the end-of-line character.
1240The keys @kbd{x} and @kbd{%} will still work correctly, i.e., as if they 1240The keys @kbd{x} and @kbd{%} will still work correctly, i.e., as if they
1241were on the last character. 1241were on the last character.
1242 1242
1243@vindex @code{viper-syntax-preference} 1243@vindex viper-syntax-preference
1244@cindex syntax table 1244@cindex syntax table
1245 1245
1246The word-movement commands @kbd{w}, @kbd{e}, etc., and the associated 1246The word-movement commands @kbd{w}, @kbd{e}, etc., and the associated
@@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ the following example:
1278(viper-set-syntax-preference nil "emacs") 1278(viper-set-syntax-preference nil "emacs")
1279@end example 1279@end example
1280 1280
1281@findex @code{viper-set-syntax-preference} 1281@findex viper-set-syntax-preference
1282 1282
1283The above discussion of the meaning of Viper's words concerns only Viper's 1283The above discussion of the meaning of Viper's words concerns only Viper's
1284movement commands. In regular expressions, words remain the same as in 1284movement commands. In regular expressions, words remain the same as in
@@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ character(s) appropriate for the current major mode.
1369Check spelling of words in the region (@code{spell-region}). 1369Check spelling of words in the region (@code{spell-region}).
1370The function used for spelling is determined from the variable 1370The function used for spelling is determined from the variable
1371@code{viper-spell-function}. 1371@code{viper-spell-function}.
1372@vindex @code{viper-spell-function} 1372@vindex viper-spell-function
1373@item * 1373@item *
1374@kindex @kbd{*} 1374@kindex @kbd{*}
1375Call last keyboard macro. 1375Call last keyboard macro.
@@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@ Use @code{viper-glob-unix-files} and @code{viper-glob-mswindows-files} in
1775This feature is used to expand wildcards in the Ex command @kbd{:e}. 1775This feature is used to expand wildcards in the Ex command @kbd{:e}.
1776Note that Viper doesn't support wildcards in the @kbd{:r} and @kbd{:w} 1776Note that Viper doesn't support wildcards in the @kbd{:r} and @kbd{:w}
1777commands, because file completion is a better mechanism. 1777commands, because file completion is a better mechanism.
1778@findex @code{viper-glob-function} 1778@findex viper-glob-function
1779 1779
1780@item ex-cycle-other-window t 1780@item ex-cycle-other-window t
1781If not @code{nil}, @kbd{:n} and @kbd{:b} will cycle through files in another 1781If not @code{nil}, @kbd{:n} and @kbd{:b} will cycle through files in another
@@ -1845,16 +1845,16 @@ For a complete list of colors available to you, evaluate the expression
1845hit the @kbd{C-j} key. 1845hit the @kbd{C-j} key.
1846 1846
1847@item viper-replace-overlay-cursor-color "Red" 1847@item viper-replace-overlay-cursor-color "Red"
1848@vindex @code{viper-replace-overlay-cursor-color} 1848@vindex viper-replace-overlay-cursor-color
1849Cursor color when it is inside the replacement region. 1849Cursor color when it is inside the replacement region.
1850This has effect only on color displays and only when Emacs runs as an X 1850This has effect only on color displays and only when Emacs runs as an X
1851application. 1851application.
1852@item viper-insert-state-cursor-color nil 1852@item viper-insert-state-cursor-color nil
1853@vindex @code{viper-insert-state-cursor-color} 1853@vindex viper-insert-state-cursor-color
1854If set to a valid color, this will be the cursor color when Viper is in 1854If set to a valid color, this will be the cursor color when Viper is in
1855insert state. 1855insert state.
1856@item viper-emacs-state-cursor-color nil 1856@item viper-emacs-state-cursor-color nil
1857@vindex @code{viper-emacs-state-cursor-color} 1857@vindex viper-emacs-state-cursor-color
1858If set to a valid color, this will be the cursor color when Viper is in 1858If set to a valid color, this will be the cursor color when Viper is in
1859emacs state. 1859emacs state.
1860@item viper-replace-region-end-delimiter "$" 1860@item viper-replace-region-end-delimiter "$"
@@ -1913,45 +1913,45 @@ can include a line like this in your Viper customization file:
1913@example 1913@example
1914(setq viper-case-fold-search t) 1914(setq viper-case-fold-search t)
1915@end example 1915@end example
1916@vindex @code{viper-auto-indent} 1916@vindex viper-auto-indent
1917@vindex @code{viper-electric-mode} 1917@vindex viper-electric-mode
1918@vindex @code{viper-case-fold-search} 1918@vindex viper-case-fold-search
1919@vindex @code{viper-re-search} 1919@vindex viper-re-search
1920@vindex @code{viper-shift-width} 1920@vindex viper-shift-width
1921@vindex @code{buffer-read-only} 1921@vindex buffer-read-only
1922@vindex @code{viper-search-wrap-around} 1922@vindex viper-search-wrap-around
1923@vindex @code{viper-search-scroll-threshold} 1923@vindex viper-search-scroll-threshold
1924@vindex @code{viper-search-face} 1924@vindex viper-search-face
1925@vindex @code{viper-tags-file-name} 1925@vindex viper-tags-file-name
1926@vindex @code{viper-re-query-replace} 1926@vindex viper-re-query-replace
1927@vindex @code{viper-want-ctl-h-help} 1927@vindex viper-want-ctl-h-help
1928@vindex @code{viper-vi-style-in-minibuffer} 1928@vindex viper-vi-style-in-minibuffer
1929@vindex @code{viper-no-multiple-ESC} 1929@vindex viper-no-multiple-ESC
1930@vindex @code{viper-always} 1930@vindex viper-always
1931@vindex @code{viper-fast-keyseq-timeout} 1931@vindex viper-fast-keyseq-timeout
1932@vindex @code{viper-ex-style-motion} 1932@vindex viper-ex-style-motion
1933@vindex @code{viper-ex-style-editing} 1933@vindex viper-ex-style-editing
1934@vindex @code{viper-ESC-moves-cursor-back} 1934@vindex viper-ESC-moves-cursor-back
1935@vindex @code{viper-custom-file-name} 1935@vindex viper-custom-file-name
1936@vindex @code{viper-spell-function} 1936@vindex viper-spell-function
1937@vindex @code{ex-cycle-other-window} 1937@vindex ex-cycle-other-window
1938@vindex @code{ex-cycle-through-non-files} 1938@vindex ex-cycle-through-non-files
1939@vindex @code{viper-want-emacs-keys-in-insert} 1939@vindex viper-want-emacs-keys-in-insert
1940@vindex @code{viper-want-emacs-keys-in-vi} 1940@vindex viper-want-emacs-keys-in-vi
1941@vindex @code{viper-keep-point-on-repeat} 1941@vindex viper-keep-point-on-repeat
1942@vindex @code{viper-keep-point-on-undo} 1942@vindex viper-keep-point-on-undo
1943@vindex @code{viper-delete-backwards-in-replace} 1943@vindex viper-delete-backwards-in-replace
1944@vindex @code{viper-replace-overlay-face} 1944@vindex viper-replace-overlay-face
1945@vindex @code{viper-replace-region-end-symbol} 1945@vindex viper-replace-region-end-symbol
1946@vindex @code{viper-replace-region-start-symbol} 1946@vindex viper-replace-region-start-symbol
1947@vindex @code{viper-allow-multiline-replace-regions} 1947@vindex viper-allow-multiline-replace-regions
1948@vindex @code{viper-toggle-key} 1948@vindex viper-toggle-key
1949@vindex @code{viper-buffer-search-char} 1949@vindex viper-buffer-search-char
1950@vindex @code{viper-surrounding-word-function} 1950@vindex viper-surrounding-word-function
1951@vindex @code{viper-vi-state-hook} 1951@vindex viper-vi-state-hook
1952@vindex @code{viper-insert-state-hook} 1952@vindex viper-insert-state-hook
1953@vindex @code{viper-replace-state-hook} 1953@vindex viper-replace-state-hook
1954@vindex @code{viper-emacs-state-hook} 1954@vindex viper-emacs-state-hook
1955 1955
1956@node Key Bindings 1956@node Key Bindings
1957@section Key Bindings 1957@section Key Bindings
@@ -2059,7 +2059,7 @@ Viper users can also change bindings on a per major mode basis. As with
2059global bindings, this can be done separately for each of the three main Viper 2059global bindings, this can be done separately for each of the three main Viper
2060states. To this end, Viper provides the function 2060states. To this end, Viper provides the function
2061@code{viper-modify-major-mode}. 2061@code{viper-modify-major-mode}.
2062@findex @code{viper-modify-major-mode} 2062@findex viper-modify-major-mode
2063 2063
2064To modify keys in Emacs state for @code{my-favorite-major-mode}, the user 2064To modify keys in Emacs state for @code{my-favorite-major-mode}, the user
2065needs to create a sparse keymap, say, @code{my-fancy-map}, bind whatever 2065needs to create a sparse keymap, say, @code{my-fancy-map}, bind whatever
@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ Dired functions, the trick can be accomplished via the following code:
2099 2099
2100Yet another way to customize key bindings in a major mode is to edit the 2100Yet another way to customize key bindings in a major mode is to edit the
2101list @code{viper-major-mode-modifier-list} using the customization widget. 2101list @code{viper-major-mode-modifier-list} using the customization widget.
2102@vindex @code{viper-major-mode-modifier-list} 2102@vindex viper-major-mode-modifier-list
2103(This variable is in the Viper-misc customization group.) 2103(This variable is in the Viper-misc customization group.)
2104The elements of this list are triples of the form: (major-mode viper-state 2104The elements of this list are triples of the form: (major-mode viper-state
2105keymap), where the keymap contains bindings that are supposed to be active 2105keymap), where the keymap contains bindings that are supposed to be active
@@ -2184,13 +2184,13 @@ So much about Viper-specific bindings.
2184Manual}, and the Emacs quick reference card for the general info on key 2184Manual}, and the Emacs quick reference card for the general info on key
2185bindings in Emacs. 2185bindings in Emacs.
2186 2186
2187@vindex @code{input-decode-map} 2187@vindex input-decode-map
2188@vindex @code{function-key-map} 2188@vindex function-key-map
2189@vindex @code{viper-vi-global-user-map} 2189@vindex viper-vi-global-user-map
2190@vindex @code{viper-insert-global-user-map} 2190@vindex viper-insert-global-user-map
2191@vindex @code{viper-emacs-global-user-map} 2191@vindex viper-emacs-global-user-map
2192@findex @code{viper-add-local-keys} 2192@findex viper-add-local-keys
2193@findex @code{viper-zap-local-keys} 2193@findex viper-zap-local-keys
2194 2194
2195@node Packages that Change Keymaps 2195@node Packages that Change Keymaps
2196@section Packages that Change Keymaps 2196@section Packages that Change Keymaps
@@ -2261,9 +2261,9 @@ on the @code{viper-emacs-state-mode-list} list and delete them from
2261@code{viper-vi-state-mode-list}. 2261@code{viper-vi-state-mode-list}.
2262Likewise, you can force Viper's Insert state on a major mode by putting it 2262Likewise, you can force Viper's Insert state on a major mode by putting it
2263in @code{viper-insert-state-mode-list}. 2263in @code{viper-insert-state-mode-list}.
2264@vindex @code{viper-emacs-state-mode-list} 2264@vindex viper-emacs-state-mode-list
2265@vindex @code{viper-insert-state-mode-list} 2265@vindex viper-insert-state-mode-list
2266@vindex @code{viper-vi-state-mode-list} 2266@vindex viper-vi-state-mode-list
2267 2267
2268It is also possible to impose Vi on some major modes, even though they may 2268It is also possible to impose Vi on some major modes, even though they may
2269bind common keys to specialized commands. This might make sense for modes 2269bind common keys to specialized commands. This might make sense for modes
@@ -2312,14 +2312,14 @@ compatible with Viper is to have the file @file{my-mode.el} include the followin
2312 (viper-harness-minor-mode lib))) 2312 (viper-harness-minor-mode lib)))
2313@end lisp 2313@end lisp
2314 2314
2315@vindex @code{viper-want-emacs-keys-in-vi} 2315@vindex viper-want-emacs-keys-in-vi
2316@vindex @code{viper-want-emacs-keys-in-insert} 2316@vindex viper-want-emacs-keys-in-insert
2317@vindex @code{viper-always} 2317@vindex viper-always
2318@findex @code{viper-set-hooks} 2318@findex viper-set-hooks
2319@findex @code{viper-mode} 2319@findex viper-mode
2320@findex @code{viper-harness-minor-mode} 2320@findex viper-harness-minor-mode
2321@findex @code{remove-hook} 2321@findex remove-hook
2322@findex @code{add-hook} 2322@findex add-hook
2323 2323
2324@node Viper Specials 2324@node Viper Specials
2325@section Viper Specials 2325@section Viper Specials
@@ -2339,8 +2339,8 @@ sets @code{viper-buffer-search-char} to @kbd{g}. Alternatively, the user can
2339set @code{viper-buffer-search-char} in his/her Viper customization file to a key 2339set @code{viper-buffer-search-char} in his/her Viper customization file to a key
2340sequence to be used for buffer search. There is no need to call 2340sequence to be used for buffer search. There is no need to call
2341@code{viper-buffer-search-enable} in that case. 2341@code{viper-buffer-search-enable} in that case.
2342@findex @code{viper-buffer-search-enable} 2342@findex viper-buffer-search-enable
2343@vindex @code{viper-buffer-search-char} 2343@vindex viper-buffer-search-char
2344@item viper-toggle-search-style 2344@item viper-toggle-search-style
2345This function, bound to @kbd{C-c /}, lets one toggle case-sensitive and 2345This function, bound to @kbd{C-c /}, lets one toggle case-sensitive and
2346case-insensitive search, and also switch between plain vanilla search and 2346case-insensitive search, and also switch between plain vanilla search and
@@ -2365,7 +2365,7 @@ feature, put this in the file:
2365@example 2365@example
2366(viper-set-searchstyle-toggling-macros 'undefine) 2366(viper-set-searchstyle-toggling-macros 'undefine)
2367@end example 2367@end example
2368@findex @code{viper-set-searchstyle-toggling-macros} 2368@findex viper-set-searchstyle-toggling-macros
2369 2369
2370If you don't like this feature as a default, but would still like to have 2370If you don't like this feature as a default, but would still like to have
2371it in some major modes, you can do so by first unsetting it globally, as 2371it in some major modes, you can do so by first unsetting it globally, as
@@ -2389,8 +2389,8 @@ case-insensitivity and regexp-search.
2389If you don't like these features---which I don't really understand---you 2389If you don't like these features---which I don't really understand---you
2390can unbind @kbd{/} and @kbd{:} in @code{viper-dired-modifier-map} (for 2390can unbind @kbd{/} and @kbd{:} in @code{viper-dired-modifier-map} (for
2391Dired) or in @code{viper-slash-and-colon-map}, for other modes. 2391Dired) or in @code{viper-slash-and-colon-map}, for other modes.
2392@vindex @code{viper-slash-and-colon-map} 2392@vindex viper-slash-and-colon-map
2393@vindex @code{viper-dired-modifier-map} 2393@vindex viper-dired-modifier-map
2394 2394
2395To unbind the macros @kbd{//} and @kbd{///} for a major mode where you 2395To unbind the macros @kbd{//} and @kbd{///} for a major mode where you
2396feel they 2396feel they
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ prefix argument, or by placing
2400@example 2400@example
2401(viper-set-emacs-state-searchstyle-macros 'undefine) 2401(viper-set-emacs-state-searchstyle-macros 'undefine)
2402@end example 2402@end example
2403@findex @code{viper-set-emacs-state-searchstyle-macros} 2403@findex viper-set-emacs-state-searchstyle-macros
2404in the hook to the major mode (e.g., @code{dired-mode-hook}). 2404in the hook to the major mode (e.g., @code{dired-mode-hook}).
2405@xref{Vi Macros}, for more information on Vi macros. 2405@xref{Vi Macros}, for more information on Vi macros.
2406 2406
@@ -2414,10 +2414,10 @@ Regular Expressions for @kbd{[[} and @kbd{]]}. Note that Emacs defines
2414Regexps for paragraphs and sentences. @xref{Paragraphs,,Paragraphs and 2414Regexps for paragraphs and sentences. @xref{Paragraphs,,Paragraphs and
2415Sentences,emacs,The GNU Emacs Manual}, for details. 2415Sentences,emacs,The GNU Emacs Manual}, for details.
2416@item M-x viper-set-expert-level 2416@item M-x viper-set-expert-level
2417@findex @code{viper-set-expert-level} 2417@findex viper-set-expert-level
2418Change your user level interactively. 2418Change your user level interactively.
2419@item viper-smart-suffix-list '("" "tex" "c" "cc" "el" "p") 2419@item viper-smart-suffix-list '("" "tex" "c" "cc" "el" "p")
2420@vindex @code{viper-smart-suffix-list} 2420@vindex viper-smart-suffix-list
2421Viper supports Emacs-style file completion when it prompts the user for a 2421Viper supports Emacs-style file completion when it prompts the user for a
2422file name. However, in many cases, the same directory may contain files 2422file name. However, in many cases, the same directory may contain files
2423with identical prefix but different suffixes, e.g., prog.c, prog.o, 2423with identical prefix but different suffixes, e.g., prog.c, prog.o,
@@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@ the intended file name, hitting return will accept it.
2437To turn this feature off, set the above variable to @code{nil}. 2437To turn this feature off, set the above variable to @code{nil}.
2438 2438
2439@item viper-insertion-ring-size 14 2439@item viper-insertion-ring-size 14
2440@vindex @code{viper-insertion-ring-size} 2440@vindex viper-insertion-ring-size
2441@cindex Insertion ring 2441@cindex Insertion ring
2442Viper remembers what was previously inserted in Insert and Replace states. 2442Viper remembers what was previously inserted in Insert and Replace states.
2443Several such recent insertions are kept in a special ring of strings of size 2443Several such recent insertions are kept in a special ring of strings of size
@@ -2470,7 +2470,7 @@ this will interfere with the minibuffer histories and, possibly, other
2470major modes. 2470major modes.
2471 2471
2472@item viper-command-ring-size 14 2472@item viper-command-ring-size 14
2473@vindex @code{viper-command-ring-size} 2473@vindex viper-command-ring-size
2474@cindex Destructive command ring 2474@cindex Destructive command ring
2475@cindex Destructive command history 2475@cindex Destructive command history
2476Viper keeps track of the recent history of destructive 2476Viper keeps track of the recent history of destructive
@@ -2527,11 +2527,11 @@ indication of the current Viper state in the minibuffer. (This is important
2527if the user accidentally switches to another Viper state by typing @key{ESC} or 2527if the user accidentally switches to another Viper state by typing @key{ESC} or
2528@kbd{C-z}). 2528@kbd{C-z}).
2529@item M-x viper-go-away 2529@item M-x viper-go-away
2530@findex @code{viper-go-away} 2530@findex viper-go-away
2531Make Viper disappear from the face of your running Emacs instance. If your 2531Make Viper disappear from the face of your running Emacs instance. If your
2532fingers start aching again, @kbd{M-x viper-mode} might save your day. 2532fingers start aching again, @kbd{M-x viper-mode} might save your day.
2533@item M-x toggle-viper-mode 2533@item M-x toggle-viper-mode
2534@findex @code{toggle-viper-mode} 2534@findex toggle-viper-mode
2535Toggle Viperization of Emacs on and off. 2535Toggle Viperization of Emacs on and off.
2536@end table 2536@end table
2537 2537
@@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ is available). Clicking the mouse when Emacs is invoked in an Xterm window
2581@cindex mouse 2581@cindex mouse
2582@cindex mouse-search 2582@cindex mouse-search
2583@item viper-mouse-search-key (meta shift 1) 2583@item viper-mouse-search-key (meta shift 1)
2584@vindex @code{viper-mouse-insert-key} 2584@vindex viper-mouse-insert-key
2585This variable controls the @emph{mouse-search} feature of Viper. The 2585This variable controls the @emph{mouse-search} feature of Viper. The
2586default value 2586default value
2587states that holding Meta and Shift keys while clicking mouse button 1 2587states that holding Meta and Shift keys while clicking mouse button 1
@@ -2636,7 +2636,7 @@ occurred with all leading and trailing spaces and tabs removed.
2636 2636
2637@cindex mouse-insert 2637@cindex mouse-insert
2638@item viper-mouse-insert-key (meta shift 2) 2638@item viper-mouse-insert-key (meta shift 2)
2639@vindex @code{viper-mouse-insert-key} 2639@vindex viper-mouse-insert-key
2640This variable controls the @emph{mouse-insert} feature of Viper. 2640This variable controls the @emph{mouse-insert} feature of Viper.
2641The above default value states that 2641The above default value states that
2642holding Meta and Shift keys while clicking mouse button 2 2642holding Meta and Shift keys while clicking mouse button 2
@@ -2673,9 +2673,9 @@ purpose of mouse search and mouse insert. By default, this is set to
2673@kindex @kbd{S-mouse-2} 2673@kindex @kbd{S-mouse-2}
2674@kindex @kbd{meta shift button1up} 2674@kindex @kbd{meta shift button1up}
2675@kindex @kbd{meta shift button2up} 2675@kindex @kbd{meta shift button2up}
2676@vindex @code{viper-multiclick-timeout} 2676@vindex viper-multiclick-timeout
2677@findex @code{viper-mouse-click-insert-word} 2677@findex viper-mouse-click-insert-word
2678@findex @code{viper-mouse-click-search-word} 2678@findex viper-mouse-click-search-word
2679 2679
2680Note: The above functions search and insert in the selected window of 2680Note: The above functions search and insert in the selected window of
2681the latest active frame. This means that you can click in another window or 2681the latest active frame. This means that you can click in another window or
@@ -2852,7 +2852,7 @@ The latter is more powerful, since it can delete macros even in
2852needed only when the user needs to get rid of the macros that are already 2852needed only when the user needs to get rid of the macros that are already
2853predefined in Viper. 2853predefined in Viper.
2854The syntax is: 2854The syntax is:
2855@findex @code{viper-unrecord-kbd-macro} 2855@findex viper-unrecord-kbd-macro
2856@example 2856@example
2857(viper-unrecord-kbd-macro macro state) 2857(viper-unrecord-kbd-macro macro state)
2858@end example 2858@end example
@@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ keys have to be redefined for TTY's (and possibly for every type of TTY you
2992may be using). To do this, start Emacs on an appropriate TTY device and 2992may be using). To do this, start Emacs on an appropriate TTY device and
2993define the macro using @kbd{:map}, as usual. 2993define the macro using @kbd{:map}, as usual.
2994 2994
2995@findex @code{viper-describe-kbd-macros} 2995@findex viper-describe-kbd-macros
2996Finally, Viper provides a function that conveniently displays all macros 2996Finally, Viper provides a function that conveniently displays all macros
2997currently defined. To see all macros along with their definitions, type 2997currently defined. To see all macros along with their definitions, type
2998@kbd{M-x viper-describe-kbd-macros}. 2998@kbd{M-x viper-describe-kbd-macros}.
@@ -3199,8 +3199,8 @@ modes, you should execute, for example,
3199 3199
3200in the appropriate major mode hooks. 3200in the appropriate major mode hooks.
3201 3201
3202@vindex @code{viper-syntax-preference} 3202@vindex viper-syntax-preference
3203@findex @code{viper-set-syntax-preference} 3203@findex viper-set-syntax-preference
3204@cindex syntax table 3204@cindex syntax table
3205 3205
3206 3206
@@ -3378,7 +3378,7 @@ don't want this macro, put
3378@example 3378@example
3379(viper-set-parsing-style-toggling-macro 'undefine) 3379(viper-set-parsing-style-toggling-macro 'undefine)
3380@end example 3380@end example
3381@findex @code{viper-set-parsing-style-toggling-macro} 3381@findex viper-set-parsing-style-toggling-macro
3382 3382
3383in your Viper customization file. 3383in your Viper customization file.
3384 3384
@@ -3437,7 +3437,7 @@ in your Viper customization file.
3437@kindex @kbd{j} 3437@kindex @kbd{j}
3438@kindex @kbd{k} 3438@kindex @kbd{k}
3439@kindex @kbd{l} 3439@kindex @kbd{l}
3440@vindex @code{viper-parse-sexp-ignore-comments} 3440@vindex viper-parse-sexp-ignore-comments
3441 3441
3442@node Marking 3442@node Marking
3443@subsection Marking 3443@subsection Marking
@@ -4061,7 +4061,7 @@ List files not shown anywhere with counts for next
4061Edit <count> file, or edit files. The count comes from @kbd{:args}. 4061Edit <count> file, or edit files. The count comes from @kbd{:args}.
4062@item :N [count] [+<cmd>] [<files>] 4062@item :N [count] [+<cmd>] [<files>]
4063Like @kbd{:n}, but the meaning of the variable 4063Like @kbd{:n}, but the meaning of the variable
4064@var{ex-cycle-other-window} is reversed. 4064@code{ex-cycle-other-window} is reversed.
4065@item :b 4065@item :b
4066Switch to another buffer. If @code{ex-cycle-other-window} is @code{t}, 4066Switch to another buffer. If @code{ex-cycle-other-window} is @code{t},
4067switch in another window. Buffer completion is supported. 4067switch in another window. Buffer completion is supported.
@@ -4069,7 +4069,7 @@ The variable @code{viper-read-buffer-function} controls which function is
4069actually used to read the buffer name. The default is @code{read-buffer}, 4069actually used to read the buffer name. The default is @code{read-buffer},
4070but better alternatives are also available in Emacs (e.g., 4070but better alternatives are also available in Emacs (e.g.,
4071@code{ido-read-buffer}). 4071@code{ido-read-buffer}).
4072@vindex @var{viper-read-buffer-function} 4072@vindex viper-read-buffer-function
4073@item :B 4073@item :B
4074Like @kbd{:b}, but the meaning of @code{ex-cycle-other-window} is reversed. 4074Like @kbd{:b}, but the meaning of @code{ex-cycle-other-window} is reversed.
4075@item :<address>r <name> 4075@item :<address>r <name>
diff --git a/lisp/international/mule.el b/lisp/international/mule.el
index 3be1e9e2877..a5e7477e758 100644
--- a/lisp/international/mule.el
+++ b/lisp/international/mule.el
@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ If you set this on a terminal which can't distinguish Meta keys from
14928-bit characters, you will have to use ESC to type Meta characters. 14928-bit characters, you will have to use ESC to type Meta characters.
1493See Info node `Terminal Coding' and Info node `Unibyte Mode'. 1493See Info node `Terminal Coding' and Info node `Unibyte Mode'.
1494 1494
1495On non-windowing terminals, this is set from the locale by default. 1495This is set at startup based on the locale.
1496 1496
1497Setting this variable directly does not take effect; 1497Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1498use either \\[customize] or \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." 1498use either \\[customize] or \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]."
diff --git a/src/keyboard.c b/src/keyboard.c
index 75fbe459b2b..9b8d275d0fd 100644
--- a/src/keyboard.c
+++ b/src/keyboard.c
@@ -11735,8 +11735,9 @@ immediately after running `post-command-hook'. */);
11735 11735
11736 DEFVAR_LISP ("input-method-function", Vinput_method_function, 11736 DEFVAR_LISP ("input-method-function", Vinput_method_function,
11737 doc: /* If non-nil, the function that implements the current input method. 11737 doc: /* If non-nil, the function that implements the current input method.
11738It's called with one argument, a printing character that was just read. 11738It's called with one argument, which must be a single-byte
11739\(That means a character with code 040...0176.) 11739character that was just read. Any single-byte character is
11740acceptable, except the DEL character, codepoint 127 decimal, 177 octal.
11740Typically this function uses `read-event' to read additional events. 11741Typically this function uses `read-event' to read additional events.
11741When it does so, it should first bind `input-method-function' to nil 11742When it does so, it should first bind `input-method-function' to nil
11742so it will not be called recursively. 11743so it will not be called recursively.